US20020055381A1 - Multi-player game and gaming system - Google Patents

Multi-player game and gaming system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20020055381A1
US20020055381A1 US09/838,949 US83894901A US2002055381A1 US 20020055381 A1 US20020055381 A1 US 20020055381A1 US 83894901 A US83894901 A US 83894901A US 2002055381 A1 US2002055381 A1 US 2002055381A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
player
game
symbols
dice
players
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US09/838,949
Inventor
Elia Tarantino
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Colepat LLC
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/439,934 external-priority patent/US6656047B1/en
Priority claimed from US09/553,915 external-priority patent/US6605001B1/en
Priority to US09/838,949 priority Critical patent/US20020055381A1/en
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US10/004,102 priority patent/US6702671B2/en
Priority to US10/143,367 priority patent/US7090579B2/en
Publication of US20020055381A1 publication Critical patent/US20020055381A1/en
Assigned to COLEPAT, LLC reassignment COLEPAT, LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: TARANTINO, ELIA ROCCO
Priority to US10/789,592 priority patent/US20040166929A1/en
Priority to US11/347,769 priority patent/US20060135242A1/en
Priority to US11/703,449 priority patent/US20070135207A1/en
Priority to US11/999,694 priority patent/US7857696B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
    • G07F17/3244Payment aspects of a gaming system, e.g. payment schemes, setting payout ratio, bonus or consolation prizes
    • G07F17/3248Payment aspects of a gaming system, e.g. payment schemes, setting payout ratio, bonus or consolation prizes involving non-monetary media of fixed value, e.g. casino chips of fixed value
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63FCARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • A63F3/00Board games; Raffle games
    • A63F3/00003Types of board games
    • A63F3/00157Casino or betting games
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
    • G07F17/3244Payment aspects of a gaming system, e.g. payment schemes, setting payout ratio, bonus or consolation prizes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
    • G07F17/326Game play aspects of gaming systems
    • G07F17/3262Player actions which determine the course of the game, e.g. selecting a prize to be won, outcome to be achieved, game to be played
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
    • G07F17/326Game play aspects of gaming systems
    • G07F17/3272Games involving multiple players
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
    • G07F17/3286Type of games

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to methods of playing games, gaming devices and systems.
  • the present invention provides apparatus and methods for playing various casino games.
  • the invention comprises a game in which the number of potential winning combinations is reduced over time. As the number of potential winning combinations is reduced, the payout associated with each remaining combination winning combination increases.
  • a set of symbols or indicia are provided. After placing a wager, a number of the symbols from the set are displayed to a player. The player is permitted to hold one or more of the symbols and discard the others. Symbols from the remaining set of symbols are then displayed in replacement of the non-held symbols. The final set of displayed symbols are compared to predetermined winning combinations to determine if the player is a winner. One or more of the symbols are then removed from the set of symbols before the next round of play.
  • the combinations comprise combinations achievable using the sides of dice (e.g., all dice showing the same indicia or symbols, the dice showing a full house, straight or the like).
  • the invention comprises a game in which the number of potential winning combinations is reduced as play persists by removing payable indicia based on previous pay by the player.
  • such comprises removing from play face(s) of the dice, by removing the symbols therefrom, replacing them with other symbols or the like.
  • One game in accordance with the present invention is designated herein by the term Check.
  • Check a player spins (rolls) five simulated dice to obtain certain scoring combinations during each turn. Each turn lasts from one to three spins. After the first spin, a player may end the turn or spin again. If a player spins again, the player may re-spin all of the dice, or hold any number of the dice and re-spin the others. After a maximum of three spins in this manner, the turn ends. Once a turn is over, the player must assign the result of the dice to one of a number of categories on a scorecard. If the result of the dice does not fit any of the categories, the player must assign a zero to one of the categories. Over the course of multiple turns, the player attempts to fill out the multiple predefined categories on the scorecard. The game is over when the player has filled all of the predefined categories and the resulting point values are accumulated.
  • the game of Check involves a substantial skill element. During the course of a game, a player must make various decisions, for example, whether to assign an existing score to a category or to roll again, which dice to roll again and which dice to hold, and to which category to assign a score. The outcome of the game and the amount of a player's winnings or losses are directly dependent upon the decisions the player makes.
  • Z Sixty Six Another such game is denoted herein by the term Z Sixty Six.
  • a player spins (rolls) six simulated dice to obtain three, four, five, and six of a kind.
  • a player must achieve a minimum of three of a kind in order to begin a game.
  • Each turn of a game lasts from one to three spins.
  • a player spins all six dice, attempting to achieve a resulting combination in which at least three of the dice are of the same numerical value.
  • the number displayed by the largest plurality of the dice automatically becomes a target number for the current turn.
  • the dice displaying the target number are automatically held, and if at least three dice displaying the target number have been generated, points are assigned to a score area associated with the target number.
  • the player After the first spin, the player re-spins the dice that were not held, attempting to generate more dice displaying the target number. Where more dice displaying the target number are generated, a predetermined number of points is added to the appropriate scoring category, and the additional scoring dice are held. After a maximum of three spins total, the turn ends. Over the course of multiple turns, the player attempts to fill out the multiple predefined, scoring categories. The game is over when the player has filled all of the predefined categories.
  • Another such game is a game called Z Hot Dice.
  • a player is permitted to spin six simulated dice. It is the goal of the player to achieve the maximum number of each of the six symbols one through six via two-spin or roll rounds.
  • the player selects a target number.
  • the target number is a number displayed by one of the dice (or none, as the case may be) which has not already been played.
  • the player holds the dice displaying the target number.
  • the player then spins the non-held dice, resulting in a final combination of six dice.
  • the total number of dice displaying the target number is then determined. If the player receives a sufficiently high number of dice displaying the target number, the player is awarded a winning amount.
  • the player is permitted to continue playing until each target number has been played. After each target number has been displayed, that target number is removed from the simulated dice, reducing the total remaining numbers capable of being displayed.
  • the total award to the player for each target number is summed and compared against a qualifying score.
  • the qualifying score comprises a score above which the player would be entitled to participate in a jackpot if the jackpot were then awarded.
  • Z Jackpot Dice Another such game is called Z Jackpot Dice.
  • a player is permitted to spin five reels each capable of displaying each of the six symbols of a dice, and three other symbols.
  • the other symbols comprise three letters in the colors red, white and blue, with the letters being B, O, N, U and S.
  • the player attempts to receive predetermined combinations of target numbers, the target numbers selected from the dice symbols of one through six.
  • a pay table is provided for each winning combination of the target numbers.
  • a bonus amount is associated with each target number.
  • the player spins the reels. If the player obtains a combination of the letters (i.e. non-target symbols), then the player is awarded the bonus amount. If the letters are not of the same color, then the player is awarded the bonus for the bonus associated with the next as yet to be played target number. If the letters are of the same color, then the player is awarded the bonus for all of the target numbers. If the spin results in a combination of the letters only, then the player is permitted to thereafter spin again to play a target number.
  • the letters i.e. non-target symbols
  • the player After the first spin (or the second spin, if the first resulted in a win based on letters only), then the player is permitted to select a target number and hold the reels displaying the target number. The player is then permitted to spin the non-held reels. Thereafter, it is determined if the player has received a winning combination of the target number. In one embodiment, the player must receive at least 3 of the target number to obtain a winning.
  • Winnings for each target number and any bonus winnings are added and compared against a qualifying score for determining if the player is presently permitted to participate in a jackpot award. The player is permitted to continue playing until the player has played all of the target numbers. At the conclusion of the game (whether terminated by the player or by completion of all target numbers), the player is provided with a ticket in the event the player's score is sufficiently high to qualify for jackpot participation.
  • the player inserts coins or utilizes another form of payment/credit to play the game.
  • the player is paid a payout dependent upon receiving predetermined combinations of elements or categories, and the number of rolls needed to achieve the scoring dice combinations. Bonuses may be paid for successfully completing the scorecard.
  • each spin is part of an ongoing game. A player is encouraged to continue playing to complete turns and games in order to maximize the resulting point values or scores accumulated on the scorecard.
  • a method of game play comprises the steps of placing a wager, displaying at least two indicia selected from a group of indicia, the group of indicia including at least two indicia representing a side of a dice and the at least two indicia representing a side of said dice having at least one distinguishing attribute, holding none, one or more of the displayed indicia, displaying a replacement indicia from the group of indicia for each displayed indicia which is not held, and determining if the resultant displayed indicia comprises predetermined winning combination of indicia, and if so, paying the player a payout.
  • the distinguishing attribute comprises a color, such as a color of the dice.
  • the group of indicia includes each side of a dice in each of three different colors, and whereby said winning combination may include a flush of indicia of the same color.
  • a jackpot or winning for a game in which the jackpot is incremented by the full amount of a wager placed by the player to play the game.
  • the jackpot is awarded for receiving one particular winning combination of indicia from a group of winning combinations of indicia.
  • the computer-controlled slot machines may be interlinked onto a local and wide-area network with other computer-controlled slot machines. This facilitates multiple player tournaments in which players compete against each other in real time, in contrast to playing “against the house.”
  • the wide area network also facilitates the payment of progressive or other special jackpots.
  • the wide-area link may have progressive jackpots or flat-rate jackpots, and these prizes may be paid daily, weekly, monthly, and/or yearly.
  • Player participation in the game over time may be enhanced by jackpot participation.
  • a jackpot is preferably awarded at predetermined intervals, such as every week.
  • the player if the player has obtained a qualifying score, the player is automatically permitted to participate in the jackpot.
  • the player's having the highest scores (such as the twenty highest scores) at the time the jackpot is awarded are permitted to participate.
  • a player need not win a predetermined combination of symbols or the like to participate in the jackpot. All that is required is that, over the course of game play, the player receive a sufficiently high score as compared to other players. How high of a score is necessary to qualify changes during each jackpot interval.
  • the present invention also comprises a method by which a player may save and restore games in progress.
  • a player may save a game onto a magnetic card, bar coded voucher, or other machine-readable medium.
  • the player may later resume the saved game by inserting the machine-readable medium into any similar computer-controlled slot machine, either at the same location, or elsewhere on the wide area network.
  • the computer-controlled slot machine is then initialized to the conditions and states determined by the saved game information from the machine-readable medium, and the player may resume the game from where previously terminated.
  • One or more embodiments of the invention comprise a method of playing a multi-player game and a system for presenting such a game.
  • the invention comprises a method in which two or more players play a game, the game having the possibility of a different outcome to each player, and the game having a plurality of steps, one or more of which affect the outcome of the game to each player.
  • the method includes the step of indicating information regarding times by which each of the steps of the game must be completed by each of the players. If a player completes a game step within the required time, then the player is allowed to continue playing the game. If not, the player is not permitted to continue playing the game. Once the steps of the game are completed by one or more of the players within the allotted times, the winner of the game is determined by comparing the outcomes of completed games.
  • the multi-player game comprises a game of Z Hot Dice or other dice game of the invention.
  • each player may be required to place a bet or ante within a time period or by a time certain in order to continue to play the game. If the bet is placed, then each completing player may be required to spin the dice within a given time, and then hold none, one or more of the dice in another time period, and so on. The player attempts to gain the highest score possible from a combination of dice. The outcome of the game is determined by comparing the total scores of the players of the game.
  • One embodiment of the invention comprises a system for presenting a multi-player game.
  • the system includes at least two gaming devices for presenting the game to two or more players.
  • Each gaming device is associated with at least one controller which is adapted to provide control information, such as indicated time information regarding when a particular step of the game must be completed.
  • Another embodiment of the invention comprises a game called Zingo.
  • a game called Zingo In one embodiment of this game, at least one set of player symbols or indica are provided. A set of game symbols or indicia are also provided. These symbols may be displayed on a video display. The set of game symbols is compared to the set of player symbols to determine if there are any matching symbols. In one embodiment, three different sets of the game symbols are provided, and each set of game symbols is compared to the same set of player symbols. In one embodiment, a match is declared if a symbol from the set of game symbols matches a symbol from the set of player symbols in a corresponding position or order. A score may be awarded or generated in the event of a match. A player attempt to obtain a high score to achieve an award.
  • the set of player symbols comprises a plurality of rows or lines of symbols.
  • the game symbols are arranged in a row and are compared to the symbols in a row of the player symbols.
  • This embodiment game is particular suited to play as a multi-player game, where each player is provided with a set of player symbols and then the game symbols are displayed to all players. Each player attempts to match as many symbols as possible. One or more players achieving a high or the highest score may be awarded a reward.
  • the symbols which are display comprise the sides of dice.
  • the player symbols comprise a matrix of 36 sides of dice.
  • the game symbols represent the sides of six rolled dice.
  • the player is awarded points or a score comprising the total of the sides of the matched dice symbols.
  • a player is entitled to bonus points or a bonus score in the event the player matches a predetermined number of symbols during first or first and second rolls of the game dice.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a computer-controlled slot machine, in accordance with one embodiment of the gaming system of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of four computer-controlled slot machines assembled in a bar table according to another embodiment of the present invention for single or simultaneous multiple user play.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of a local area network of computer-controlled slot machines, according to the present invention for progressive gaming activity.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a wide area network of computer-controlled slot machines, according to the present invention for progressive gaming activity.
  • FIG. 5A is a diagram of a touch-sensitive display of a computer-controlled slot machine, in accordance with one embodiment of the gaming system of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5B is a diagram of a touch-sensitive display of a computer-controlled slot machine, in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the gaming system of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram of the microprocessor-controlled computer and the computer program which facilitate game play according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of game play according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of game play according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is illustrates score categories comprising two distinct display areas, according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a user-interface for an alternate game of the present invention
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of game play of the game having the interface illustrated in FIG. 10;
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a user-interface for an alternate game of the present invention
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of game play of the game having the interface illustrated in FIG. 12;
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a user-interface for an alternate game of the present invention
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of game play of the game having the interface illustrated in FIG. 14;
  • FIG. 16 illustrates said user-interface of said game illustrated in FIG. 14 in a particular game condition
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a user-interface for an alternate game and method of playing a game in accordance with the invention.
  • the invention comprises methods and apparatus for presenting and playing a game.
  • numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a more thorough description of the present invention. It will be apparent, however, to one skilled in the art, that the present invention may be practiced without these specific details. In other instances, well-known features have not been described in detail so as not to obscure the invention
  • one aspect of the invention comprises a game which presents to a player the opportunity to obtain an increasing payout as play continues.
  • the invention comprises a game in which the number of potential winning combinations is reduced over time. As the number of potential winning combinations is reduced, the payout associated with each remaining combination winning combination increases.
  • the combinations comprise combinations achievable using the sides of dice (e.g., all dice showing the same face, the dice showing a full house, straight or the like).
  • the invention comprises a game in which the number of potential winning combinations is reduced as play persists by removing payable indicia based on previous pay by the player. In a number of embodiments described below, such comprises removing from play face(s) of the dice, by removing the symbols therefrom, replacing them with other symbols or the like.
  • one or more games are presented for play on a computer-controlled slot machine, for example as shown in FIG. 1.
  • these games may include the games of Check, Z Sixty Six, Z Hot Dice, Z Jackpot Dice, Draw Dice and Zingo.
  • the computer-controlled slot machine 101 includes a microprocessor-controlled computer 103 within a tamper proof and lockable cabinet 109 having a coin acceptor 111 for wagers and a bill validator 113 for wagers, and preferably including a touch-sensitive display 115 for player input and game display.
  • the computer-controlled slot machine includes a sound speaker 117 for output of digital sound and voice simulations, a tower light 119 (not shown) to indicate jackpots and other game statistics, and a meter 121 to display progressive jackpot information and other text.
  • the computer 103 controls release of coins to a coin hopper 123 for paying players, and controls a ticket printer 125 for generating vouchers.
  • the computer 103 also controls a machine-readable medium reading and writing device 129 for saving and restoring games in progress.
  • FIG. 2 An alternative embodiment of the computer-controlled slot machine is illustrated in FIG. 2.
  • a “bar buddy” version of a computer-controlled slot machine 201 includes all of the features of the computer-controlled slot machine 101 .
  • Each “bar buddy” computer-controlled slot machine 201 contains four such computer-controlled slot machines 101 , assembled within a bar table 203 .
  • Each of the four touch-sensitive displays 115 for player input and game display are mounted in the surface of the bar table 203 .
  • the bar buddy computer-controlled slot machine 201 enables from one to four players to play games of the invention simultaneously, either against each other or against the house. The various modes of game play are detailed below.
  • Each computer-controlled slot machine 101 is preferably connected to a local area computer network as illustrated in FIG. 3.
  • the local area computer network 301 is controlled by a microprocessor-controlled server computer 303 which controls game play, records game statistics, accounts for vouchers and jackpots, and links the games together.
  • the local area computer network 301 also preferably includes a progressive meter display 305 for showing progressive jackpot information, a flat rate award display 307 for showing flat rate jackpot information, and an additional display 309 for showing the scores that presently qualify for jackpots on the local area network 301 .
  • all of the computer-controlled slot machines 101 are connected to the local area computer network 301 in conventional manner via private dedicated lines 311 .
  • some or all of the computer-controlled slot machines 101 positioned at remote locations are connected to the local area computer network 301 via modems and public telephone lines operated in secure mode through encryption/decryption techniques.
  • Each local area network 301 of computer-controlled slot machines 101 maybe connected to a wide area computer network as illustrated in FIG. 4.
  • the wide area computer network 401 includes local area computer networks 301 at various physical locations.
  • the wide area computer network 401 is controlled by a central-site computer 403 which operates in 24-hour-a-day communication with all local area computer networks 301 on the wide area computer network 401 for security, accounting, and verification of games and jackpots. If a local area computer network 301 is connected to a wide area computer network 401 , the progressive meter display 305 , the flat rate award display 307 , and the additional display 309 of that local area computer network 301 all display jackpot and other information pertaining to the entire wide area network 401 .
  • each local area computer network 301 is connected to the wide area computer network 401 in conventional secured cryptographic manner via private dedicated lines 311 .
  • some or all of the local area computer networks 301 are connected to the wide area computer network 401 in secured cryptographic manner via modems and public telephone lines.
  • the computer-controlled slot machine 101 includes a touch-sensitive display 115 for player input and game display.
  • FIG. 5A illustrates the layout of the touch-sensitive display in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention for playing the game of Check.
  • the touch-sensitive display 115 allows the player to make input selections conveniently, and displays game information in various ways, depending upon game state.
  • the upper left area of the display 115 displays a scorecard 501 which includes thirteen dual purpose score areas 503 pertaining to the thirteen possible scoring categories. These areas are utilized to accept a player's selection of a scoring category after achieving a scoring spin, and also to display the score achieved by a player in that category, as detailed below with respect to game play.
  • the computer-controlled display scorecard 501 is divided into two portions.
  • the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501 includes dual purpose score areas 503 of the display for Ones (or Aces) 507 , Twos (or Deuces) 509 , Threes 511 , Fours 513 , Fives 515 , and Sixes 517 . If the player exceeds a pre-determined score threshold on the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501 , the player is awarded a bonus score which is displayed in the bonus score display area 519 of the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501 .
  • the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501 also includes an upper portion score total display area 520 for displaying the total of all of the scores achieved in the scoring categories of the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501 .
  • scoring is provided below with respect to game play.
  • the lower portion 521 of the display scorecard 501 includes dual purpose score areas 503 for 3-of-a-Kind 523 , 4-of-a-Kind 525 , Full House 527 , a four-dice Straight 529 , a five-dice Straight 531 , the sum of all five dice (or Chance) 533 , and 5-of-a-Kind (or Check) 535 .
  • the lower portion 521 of the scorecard 501 also includes a lower portion score total display area 537 for displaying the total of all of the scores achieved in the scoring categories of the lower portion 521 of the scorecard 501 .
  • the display 115 includes a grand total score display area 539 which displays a player's grand total score as the sum of the upper portion score total and the lower portion score total.
  • the bottom left area of the display 115 includes five simulated dice 541 .
  • the bottom left area of the display 115 includes five hold buttons 543 immediately below the simulated dice 541 . These hold buttons 543 are touch-sensitive areas, and are for holding a specific simulated dice 541 on a series of spins (rolls) when the player is attempting to obtain a certain combination, as detailed below with respect to game play.
  • the middle left area of the display 115 includes a text message box 545 for informing players of games states, such as number of spins remaining, winning combinations, game over, and for informing players of the amount of payouts.
  • the upper right area of the display 115 includes a message area 547 showing the position of the current scorecard 501 in the daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly prize jackpot award among multiple player networks for the prevailing scores.
  • the message area 547 may show the top five scores on a multiple-player network that qualify for a jackpot, as well as the bottom five scores that so qualify, so that the player can see scores required to achieve a jackpot, as detailed below with respect to jackpots.
  • the bottom right area of the touch-sensitive display 115 includes a number of touch-sensitive areas which facilitate configuration and control of the game of Check. Specifically, a touch-sensitive spin button 549 activates a spin (roll) of the simulated dice 541 , a touch-sensitive reset button 551 resets the scorecard 501 , and a touch-sensitive start game button 553 starts a game.
  • a touch-sensitive wager button 555 allows a player to select the number of credits to wager, a touch-sensitive game mode selection button 557 allows a player to switch between game modes, and a touch-sensitive save-restore game button 559 allows a player to save or restore a game in progress to or from a card or voucher of machine-readable medium.
  • the various buttons or control inputs, for example 543 , 549 , 551 , 553 , 555 and 557 , described herein as touch-sensitive areas on the display, 115 may also be provided as mechanical electrical input devices, as desired.
  • FIG. 5B illustrates the layout of the touch-sensitive 115 display in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention for playing the game of Z Sixty Six.
  • the touch-sensitive display 115 allows the player to make input selections conveniently, and displays game information in various ways, depending upon game state.
  • the upper left area of the display 115 displays a paytable 561 which indicates predetermined amounts to be paid for achieving specific scoring combinations.
  • the paytable 561 is updated as the game progresses to reflect predetermined amounts to be paid for achieving scoring combinations at different stages of game play.
  • score areas 503 of the display 115 There is a score area for Ones (or Aces) 507 , for Twos (or Deuces) 509 , for Threes 511 , for Fours 513 , for Fives 515 , and for Sixes 517 . Scoring combinations are assigned to appropriate score areas 503 . A detailed explanation of scoring is provided below with respect to game play.
  • the bottom left area of the display 115 includes six simulated dice 541 .
  • the simulated dice are in the form of a video simulated dice reels.
  • a touch sensitive spin button 549 that activates a spin (roll) of the simulated dice 541 .
  • the spin button 549 is in the form of one spin bar common to all simulated dice 541 on the display 115 .
  • the upper central area of the display 115 includes a text message box 545 for informing players of games states, such as number of spins remaining, winning combinations, game over, and for informing players of the amount of payouts.
  • the upper right area of the display 115 includes a message area 547 showing the top score on a multiple-player network that qualifies for a jackpot, as well as the bottom score that so qualifies, so that the player can see scores required to achieve a jackpot, as detailed below with respect to jackpots.
  • the message area 547 may show the position of the current score in the daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly prize jackpot award among multiple player networks for the prevailing scores.
  • a text message box 545 for informing players of payout amounts, and a text message box 545 for informing players of the number of accumulated credits are located below the message area 547 .
  • the bottom right area of the touch-sensitive display 115 includes a number of touch-sensitive areas which facilitate configuration and control of the game of Z Sixty Six.
  • a touch-sensitive reset button 551 resets the game, and a touch-sensitive start game button 553 starts a game.
  • a touch-sensitive game mode selection button 557 allows a player to switch single and multiple-player game modes.
  • a touch-sensitive save-restore game button 559 allows a player to save or restore a game in progress to or from a card or voucher of machine-readable medium.
  • a touch-sensitive collect button 563 allows a player to collect accumulated winnings.
  • a touch-sensitive translate button 565 allows a player to select a language to be used for display output.
  • the various buttons or control inputs, for example 551 , 553 , 557 , and 559 described herein as touch-sensitive areas on the display 115 may also be provided as mechanical electrical input devices, as desired.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates the computer system that facilities game play.
  • game play is facilitated by a computer program 601 executing in the microprocessor-controlled computer 103 within the computer-controlled slot machine 101 .
  • the computer program is stored on a read-only memory integrated circuit 603 that is operatively coupled to the microprocessor-controlled computer 103 in the computer-controlled slot machine 101 .
  • the computer program may be stored on various other storage media, such as semiconductor memory or optical or magnetic disk, or the like.
  • the computer program 601 executes from the random access memory 605 of the microprocessor-controlled computer 103 in the computer-controlled slot machine 101 , and includes code 607 and data 609 to facilitate the play of the game of Check in accordance with the game rules, as detailed below with respect to game play.
  • the computer program accepts user input from various user input devices 611 of the types previously described, including coin acceptor 111 , bill validator 113 , the touch-sensitive display 115 , and the machine-readable medium reading and writing device 129 .
  • Other input devices including mechanical button type switches and lever-arm switch actuators may be used in alternative embodiments as desired.
  • the computer program also controls computer operation of the various output devices 613 such as the display 115 , the sound speaker 117 , a tower light 119 , the meter 121 , the coin hopper 123 , the ticket printer 125 , and the machine-readable medium reading and writing device 129 .
  • the various output devices 613 such as the display 115 , the sound speaker 117 , a tower light 119 , the meter 121 , the coin hopper 123 , the ticket printer 125 , and the machine-readable medium reading and writing device 129 .
  • the computer program 601 also controls communication with the microprocessor-controlled server computer 303 which controls the local area computer network 301 .
  • the computer program 601 controls this communication via a network port 615 and network connectivity circuitry 617 contained within the microprocessor-controlled computer 103 .
  • the computer program 601 utilizes a random number generator 619 to produce random numbers that represent the results of the simulated rolling of the simulated dice 541 .
  • the computer program 601 utilizes animation circuitry 621 to produce the simulation of dice on the display 115 .
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart, illustrating play of the game of Check according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the object of the game is to ‘spin’ the simulated dice 541 for scoring combinations, and to get the highest total score accumulated within scoring categories of possible dice combinations.
  • a player begins by inserting 701 one or more coins into the coin acceptor 111 , by inserting 701 one or more bills into the bill validator 113 , or by utilizing credits.
  • the player presses 703 the touch-sensitive start game button 553 to begin game play.
  • the player selects 705 the number of credits to wager on the spin of the simulated dice 541 by utilizing the touch-sensitive wager button 555 which controls the selection of the number of credits to be wagered.
  • the player next spins 707 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549 .
  • the computer program 601 utilizes the random number generator 619 to produce random numbers that represent the results of the simulated roll of the simulated dice 541 .
  • the player may spin 707 the simulated dice 541 up to three times in order to get the highest scoring combination for one of thirteen scoring categories.
  • the thirteen scoring categories are illustrated by the following Table 1: How the Dice Score Upper Portion of Scorecard One (or Aces) Total of dice showing One only Twos (or Deuces) Total of dice showing Two only Threes Total of dice showing Three only Fours Total of dice showing Four only Fives Total of dice showing Five only Sixes Total of dice showing Six only Bottom Portion of Scorecard 3-of-a-Kind Total of all five dice 4-of-a-Kind Total of all five dice Full House (3 of one number, 25 2 of another number Four-Dice Straight 30 Five-Dice Straight 40 5-of-a-Kind (or a Check) 50 Chance (any five dice) Total of all five dice
  • the player may assign 709 the value of the simulated dice 541 to one of the possible scoring categories by utilizing the dual purpose score areas 503 of the touch-sensitive display 115 . If a player does so, the computer under program control senses the touched areas 503 and totals the value of the simulated dice 541 and calculates and displays the resulting score in the dual purpose score area 503 on the touch-sensitive display 115 .
  • the total score of the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501 is displayed on the upper portion score total display area 520 on the touch-sensitive display 115 . If the total score of the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501 is 63 or higher, for example, then a bonus of 35 points, for example, is added to the upper portion score.
  • This bonus is displayed on the bonus score display area 519 on the display 115 .
  • the total score of the lower portion 521 of the scorecard 501 is displayed on the lower portion score total display area 537 on the display 115 .
  • the grand total score is calculated by adding the upper portion and the lower portion scores together.
  • the grand total score is displayed on the grand total score display area 539 on the display 115 .
  • Each scoring category can only be scored or selected once during a game. Once a category is used, it cannot be reused until the next game either when the game is over because the scorecard 501 is complete or the player presses the touch-sensitive reset button 551 . Pressing the touch-sensitive reset button 551 clears the entire scorecard 501 in preparation for the start of a new game.
  • the player may elect not to assign 709 the value of the simulated dice 541 , but instead to spin 707 again. If the player elects to spin 707 again, the player may hold 711 one or more of the simulated dice 541 by pressing one or more of the associated hold button(s) 543 . The player may also release 711 one or more of any held simulated dice 541 by again pressing the associated hold button(s) 543 . The player may also elect not to hold or release 711 any of the simulated dice 541 . The player then selects 705 the number of credits to wager on the spin of the simulated dice 541 by utilizing the touch-sensitive wager button 555 . The player next spins 707 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549 .
  • the player After a player has spun 707 three times, the player must assign 709 the value of the simulated dice 541 to one of the possible scoring categories by utilizing the dual purpose score areas 503 of the touch-sensitive display 115 . If the score cannot be placed into one of the categories because it does not correspond or qualify, then the player must utilize the dual purpose score areas 503 of the touch-sensitive display to assign 709 a zero to one of the remaining categories.
  • the player If the player has achieved a scoring combination and assigns 709 it to one of the scoring categories, the player is paid 713 via the coin hopper 123 . Alternatively, the player may elect to receive credits.
  • the computer program 601 calculates payment according to a paytable, which is based upon points scored per turn, and the number of spins needed to achieve the points, as shown, for example, in the following Tables 2 and 3: NUMBER OF COINS ⁇ 3 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 1 CATEGORY Spin 1 Spin 2 Spin 3 ONES TOTAL ⁇ 3 TOTAL ⁇ 2 TOTAL OF 1's TWOS TOTAL ⁇ 3 TOTAL ⁇ 2 TOTAL OF 2's THREES TOTAL ⁇ 3 TOTAL ⁇ 2 TOTAL OF 3's FOURS TOTAL ⁇ 3 TOTAL ⁇ 2 TOTAL OF 4's FIVES TOTAL ⁇ 3 TOTAL ⁇ 2 TOTAL OF 5's SIXES TOTAL ⁇ 3 TOTAL ⁇ 2 TOTAL OF 6's 3 of a Kind TOTAL ⁇ 3 TOTAL
  • the player may then proceed with the next turn and continue filling the scorecard 501 .
  • the player utilizes the touch-sensitive wager button 555 to select 705 the number of credits to be wagered on the spin of the simulated dice.
  • the player next spins 707 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549 and plays a turn, as described above.
  • the game ends 715 when the player has filled all thirteen categories with a score or a zero or is out of credits to play the computer-controlled slot machine 101 .
  • the computer program 601 evaluates the player's scorecard 501 against other current scores to determine if a progressive jackpot will be awarded on a daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly basis. If the player has a currently qualifying scorecard 501 , the computer-controlled slot machine 101 prints 717 a voucher for the player with a control number and other pertinent information for later redemption, if the scorecard 501 is a winner.
  • a local area computer network 301 and a wide area computer network 401 multiple players may play the game of Check against one another instead of “against the house.”
  • each participating player deposits money into an individual computer-controlled slot machine 101 for each spin.
  • the player who achieves the highest scorecard 501 of all of the players who are participating in that multiple player game on the local area computer network 301 wins the money deposited by the various participating players (typically, minus a percentage for the house).
  • the same methodology can be utilized across a wide area computer network 401 , allowing players at different physical locations to compete against each other in real time.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart, illustrating play of the game of Z Sixty Six according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the object of the game is to ‘spin’ the simulated dice 541 for scoring combinations, and to get the highest total score accumulated within scoring categories of possible dice combinations.
  • a player begins by inserting 801 one or more coins into the coin acceptor 111 , by inserting 801 one or more bills into the bill validator 113 , or by utilizing credits.
  • the player then presses 803 the touch-sensitive start game button 553 to begin game play. In one embodiment, three credits are automatically wagered 805 on each spin of the simulated dice 541 .
  • the player selects the number of credits to wager on the spin of the simulated dice 541 by utilizing the touch-sensitive wager button 555 which controls the selection of the number of credits to be wagered.
  • the player next spins 807 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549 .
  • the computer program 601 utilizes the random number generator 619 to produce random numbers that represent the results of the simulated roll of the simulated dice 541 .
  • the player must achieve at least three of a kind on a single spin to begin play of an individual game. Until a spin generates at least three simulated dice 541 displaying identical numbers, the player must continue spinning 807 to attempt to generate the minimum achievement required for game entry. A wager is required for each spin of the simulated dice 541 . Once a spin generates at least three simulated dice 541 displaying identical numbers, those simulated dice 541 are automatically held 811 , and a predetermined number of points is automatically assigned 813 to the appropriate scoring area 503 . The number of points awarded is displayed in the appropriate score area 503 , which preferably changes color to indicate active status. The spin that generated the requisite achievement is counted as the first spin of a turn, and the scoring number becomes a target number for the remainder of the turn. A target number is a number that the player can receive points for generating during a given turn.
  • the player may spin 807 the simulated dice 541 up to three times in order to get the highest scoring combination for one of six scoring categories.
  • the six scoring categories are illustrated by the following Table 4: Score Category How the Dice Score One (or Aces) Dice showing One only Twos (or Deuces) Dice showing Two only Threes Dice showing Three only Fours Dice showing Four only Fives Dice showing Five only Sixes Dice showing Six only
  • the number displayed by the largest plurality of the video simulated dice 541 automatically becomes the target number for the current turn.
  • the simulated dice 541 of the target number are automatically held 811 , and the score area 503 for the target number preferably changes color to indicate that it is the active score area 503 for the turn. If at least three dice 541 displaying the target number have been generated, a predetermined number of points is assigned 813 to the score area 503 for the target number.
  • the player selects 809 a target number from amongst those displayed by an equal number of the simulated dice 541 . For example, if the first spin results in two aces, two deuces, one four and one five, the player may select 809 acres or deuces as the target number. The selection is made by touching the desired score area 503 of the touch-sensitive display 115 . Preferably, the score areas 503 which the player may touch to choose a target number blink or change color or size or otherwise provide visual indication of the choices available.
  • the player may spin 807 again.
  • the player next spins 807 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549 .
  • any generated dice 541 displaying the target number are held 811 .
  • Preselected numbers of points are assigned 813 to the appropriate scoring area 503 for scoring three, four, five, or six of the target number.
  • the player After each spin, if the player has achieved a scoring combination, the player is paid 815 via the coin hopper 123 . Alternatively, the player may elect to receive credits.
  • the number of predetermined points awarded for various scoring achievements is displayed in a paytable 545 on the display 115 .
  • the paytable 545 is adjusted as the game progress, reflecting predetermined numbers of points to be paid for various achievements at a particular stage of the game. For example, more points are awarded for achieving a six of a kind on a first spin than on a third spin. Amounts to be paid are based upon the odds of achieving various scoring combinations at a given stage of game play, taking into account number of unheld dice to be spun, and numbers removed from possible generation.
  • Each scoring category can only be scored or selected once during a game. Once a category is used, it cannot be reused until the next game either when the game is over because a score has been assigned to each category, or the player presses the touch-sensitive reset button 551 . Pressing the touch-sensitive reset button 551 terminates the current game and starts a new game. Once a scoring category for a given number has been used, that number is replaced for the remainder of the game by a non-numerical symbol, for example the letter “Z” or a graphic symbol of a piece of fruit, or as desired. During subsequent turns, when the random number generator 619 generates the used number, the non-numerical symbol is displayed instead.
  • the player may then proceed with the next turn and continue filling the score areas 503 .
  • the player next spins 707 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549 and plays a turn, as described above.
  • the game ends 819 when the player has filled all six score areas 503 with a score, or is out of credits to play the computer-controlled slot machine 101 .
  • FIG. 9 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention in which each score area 503 comprises two distinct display areas.
  • a first display area 901 is utilized to display accumulation of points for the associated scoring category.
  • a second display area 903 identifies the associated scoring category, for example by displaying an identification video simulated dice 905 displaying the number of the scoring category. Additionally, the second display area 903 is used to indicate a current target number for a turn, preferably by changing color to indicate that the number of the associated scoring category is the active target number. Also, the second display area 903 is preferably utilized to choose a target number from amongst those displayed by an equal number of the simulated dice 541 when necessary. The player chooses a target number by touching the second display areas 903 associated with the chosen target number.
  • the second display area 903 which the player may touch to choose a target number blink or change color or size or otherwise provide visual indication of the choices available. Additionally, once a scoring category for a given number has been filled, the indicator for the associated second display area is replaced for the remainder of the game by a non-numerical symbol 907 , for example the letter “Z” or a graphic symbol of a piece of fruit, or as desired.
  • display of accumulated points, identification of score category, indication of current target number, indication of available choices of target number, and indication of filled categories are divided between at least two display areas, in various combinations as desired.
  • the computer program 601 evaluates the player's score against other current scores to determine if a progressive jackpot will be awarded on a daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly basis. If the player has a currently qualifying score, the computer-controlled slot machine 101 prints 821 a voucher for the player with a control number and other pertinent information for later redemption, if the score is a winner. In various embodiments, jackpots are awarded for achieving high scores, for achieving high scores low scores, or for achieving both high and low scores as desired.
  • FIGS. 10 - 11 Another embodiment of a game of the present invention will be described with reference primarily to FIGS. 10 - 11 .
  • This game is referred to herein as the game of Z Hot Dice.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a touch sensitive display 1015 for implementing the game of Z Hot Dice.
  • a scorecard 1001 area is provided in an upper left-hand corner. The scorecard 1001 displays information regarding a particular event, the pay table for that event, prior played events, and win totals for each prior played event and the current event.
  • the scorecard 1001 includes six columns 1002 , the number of columns being the same as the number of sides of dice. During game play, as described below, a target number is associated with one of the columns 1002 , the target numbers comprising one of the numbers associated with a side of a dice (i.e. the numbers one through six). At a top of each column 1002 is provided a target number indicator 1003 . In one embodiment, before a target number has been selected, this indicator 1003 displays a “Z” or other symbol (or nothing). A central portion 1004 of each column 1002 indicates the payout which will be awarded to a player for receiving a particular combination of the target number(s).
  • the central portion 1004 is arranged to display payouts for receiving 3 of a Kind, 4 of a Kind, 5 of a Kind or Six of a Kind of the target number.
  • a win total 1005 is provided at the bottom of each column 1002 for indicating the total payout or winnings to the player for a particular event.
  • winning combinations maybe provided, such as a full house (i.e. three of the target number along with two of another number).
  • the display 1015 displays a number of simulated dice 1041 , in a similar manner to that described above.
  • a hold button 1043 is associated with one of the simulated dice 1041 and, as described in more detail below, arranged to permit a player to “hold” the a particular simulated dice 1041 in a fixed position.
  • a number of other display areas are provided for displaying game information.
  • a message area 1047 is provided for displaying the amount of winnings in a jackpot pool.
  • a grand total area 1039 is provided for indicating to the player their total score for the win totals 1005 of all columns 1002 .
  • a qualify score 1040 is displayed so that the player may determine if his or her grant total is sufficiently high to qualify for a bonus or jackpot (as described below).
  • a new game button 1051 is provided for permitting a player to begin a new game.
  • a text messages area 1045 displays winnings paid or other information for a player.
  • the player may bet or wager credits in single increments with a “Bet 1” button 1055 , or may bet or wager a maximum allowed number of credits using a “Bet Max” button 1056 .
  • a credits area 1046 displays the credits belonging to the player.
  • a spin button 1049 is provided for permitting a player to effectuate a spin of the simulated dice 1041 .
  • a pause game button 1059 is provided for permitting a player to pause a game in progress. A player may elect to cash out by pressing a collect button 1063 .
  • the user interface or screen comprises a touch screen arranged to display information to a player and receive input therefrom
  • the user interface may comprise a combination of electrical and mechanical devices.
  • one or more of the buttons may comprise electromechanical buttons which may be depressed by a player.
  • the display areas are discussed separately, they may be integrated or be arranged in a number of ways other than as shown.
  • a method of play of the game of Z Hot Dice will be described with reference to FIG. 11.
  • a player inserts a number of coins or provides other consideration for playing the game.
  • the consideration may be dollar bills, credits from a player card or the like.
  • a step 1122 the player presses the new game button 1051 to initiate anew game.
  • the gaming apparatus is configured such that if the player presses the new game at any time during the pendency of a game, the player is prompted to press the new game button again if the player actually intends to start a new game. This serves to reduce the likelihood that the player may accidentally or unintentionally press the new game button 1051 and cause a new game to begin.
  • the prompt message may be illuminated in the text message box 1045 .
  • a step 1124 the player places a wager or bet.
  • this step comprises the player pressing the “Bet 1” button 1055 or the “Bet Max” button 1056 .
  • a player is permitted to bet between one and five credits.
  • Each credit may comprise any of a number of values, such as $0.05 U.S., $0.10 U.S., $0.25 U.S. or the like.
  • the player may utilize the “Bet 1” button 1055 to place wagers incrementally, or press the “Bet Max” button 1056 to place a maximum bet.
  • the payouts displayed on the central portions 1004 of the columns 1002 may be updated, as necessary, to reflect an increased payout for achieving a predetermined winning combination when the player increases the amount wagered.
  • a step 1126 the player presses the spin button 1049 .
  • the simulated dice 1041 spin or move (such as in a motion simulating a “reel” displaying die faces), and then stop, as described above to simulate the random roll of dice.
  • each dice 1041 displaying one face, and thus one number, towards the player.
  • the simulated die 1041 display a five, a one, a six, a two, another two, and another five.
  • a step 1128 the player is then permitted to “hold” the dice which that player wishes to play.
  • the held dice identify a selected target number, the target number being that number shown on the face of the held dice.
  • the player may elect to hold the simulated die 1041 displaying fives. In such event, the player presses the right-most and left-most buttons 1043 , and the target number then comprises five.
  • the target number is displayed in the first available column 1002 of the scorecard 1001 .
  • the first available column comprises the left-most column 1002 which has not been utilized during the game.
  • the target number is illustrated by replacing the “Z” or other symbol in the indicator 1003 with a dice displaying the target number. In the example given above, a dice displaying a five would be displayed in the left-most column 1002 .
  • a player is not permitted to select as a target number a number which has already been played in a particular game. If the player attempts to do so, a message may be displayed in the text message box 1045 to the effect that the selected number has already been played and the player must either select a new target number or spin again. Another spin may be required where the first spin does not result in the display of any available target numbers (as described below, after a target number has been played, it is preferably removed from the simulated die 1041 and will not be re-displayed). In addition, if the player selects more than one number (such as a simulated dice 1041 displaying a five and another displaying a two) the player be instructed that the action is not permitted and the player must select only one target number.
  • a target number a number which has already been played in a particular game. If the player attempts to do so, a message may be displayed in the text message box 1045 to the effect that the selected number has already been played and the player must either select a new target number or spin again
  • the particular column 1002 is highlighted, such as in brightness or a different color, to aid the user in identifying which information is pertinent to the present round of the game.
  • the particular payout is dependent upon the player's wager, with the payout increasing with an increasing wager.
  • the payout increases as the number of target numbers played increases (for reasons described below). Of course, a variety of payouts may be different than those illustrated.
  • the win total is indicated in the win total area 1005 of the scorecard 1001 , and the text message box 1045 may indicate the winnings.
  • the spin results in four simulated dice 1041 showing a five
  • the player may hold these four simulated dice for a “4 of a Kind” of a target number of fives.
  • the payout for this combination may then be indicated in the win total area for the first column 1002 , and the text message box 1045 indicate the winnings to be paid.
  • payouts for combinations of target numbers which are eliminated may be removed from the scorecard 1001 .
  • the payout for a 3 of a Kind may be removed from the first column 1002 , since the player has already received at least a 4 of a Kind.
  • the payout which the player has already received upon the first spin for that target number may be highlighted to bring to the attention of the player that he or she has already won. This highlighting may be by displaying the payout in a distinguishing color or brightness or other means available.
  • the word “paid” may be indicated in the particular area of the scorecard 1001 as well.
  • a step 1132 after holding one or more of the simulated dice 1041 , or after an indication that no dice can be held, then the player presses the spin button 1049 again. All of the simulated dice 1041 which were not held spin and then stop, again displaying a number.
  • a step 1134 the total number of simulated dice 1041 displaying the target number after the second spin are then counted for determining whether a payout is to be awarded.
  • a win total is displayed in the win total area 1005 of the particular column. This win total may be 0, in the event the player did not receive a sufficiently high number of simulated dice 1041 displaying the target number (for example, a player may elect to hold two dice showing the target number after the first spin and not receive any additional dice showing the target number after the second spin, thus not receiving a minimum three of the target number for an award).
  • the payout for that “round” may then be updated in the text message box 1045 .
  • a step 1136 the win totals from all win total areas 1005 are summed and displayed as a total score in the total score area 1039 .
  • a qualifying score for a jackpot bonus is displayed in the qualifying score area 1040 , again which the player may compare their score.
  • a step 1138 it is determined if the player wishes to cash out. This is indicated by a player pressing the collect button 963 . In such event, any accumulated winnings and credits are paid to the player. In that event, the game ends.
  • a step 1140 it is determined if the player wishes to pause the game. If the player wishes to pause the game, the player pushes the pause game button 1059 . A process is then initiated by which the player may leave the game and being play at a later time and even at different gaming machine, as described in more detail below.
  • step 1142 If the player wishes to continue the game, it is determined in a step 1142 if all of the columns 1002 of the scorecard 1001 are filled. If so, then the player has completed the game. In a step 1146 , the player's total score is compared to the qualifying score to determine if the player qualifies for participation in the jackpot. If the player qualifies, then in a step 1148 , the player is provided with a voucher or the like, in similar manner to that described above with respect to the game of Z Sixty Six.
  • a step 1144 after a particular target number has been played in a round, that target number is replaced on each simulated dice 1041 with another symbol or is removed. As described above, this may be a symbol, such as a “Z,” or a picture of a fruit or the like. In one embodiment, it is preferred that the replacement symbols be different so that at no time can a player receive a sequence of the same symbols during a spin. Such may be confusing to a player and lead a player into believing that they have spun into a winning combination.
  • the replacement symbols may comprise an X on the first simulated dice 1041 , an O on the second simulated dice 1041 , an X on the third simulated dice 1041 and so on, so that if a player spins and the simulated dice stop on the replacement symbols, they display XOXOX.
  • the side of the dice is effectively made blank or the symbol removed from preventing its further display.
  • the replacement symbols may actually be arranged so that a player may spin into a new bonus combination for which a payout is awarded.
  • each number or dice face may be replaced with a $ symbol, such that during later play if the player receives a display of all of these symbols after a spin, the player is awarded a special prize or payout.
  • the player may, repeating again to step 1124 , place a bet or wager.
  • the player may be provided with an indication in the text message box 945 after a given round that they may place a bet to continue with the game.
  • the player may continue playing until each of the target numbers one through six, have been played (in any order). At such time, the total score for the player is compared to the qualifying score to determine if the player is entitled to participate in a jackpot or additional play. Regardless of the outcome, the player must then begin a new game to continue play.
  • FIGS. 12 - 13 Another embodiment of a game of the present invention will be described with reference primarily to FIGS. 12 - 13 .
  • This game is referred to herein as the game of Z Jackpot Dice.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an interface 1215 for implementing the game of Z Jackpot Dice.
  • a scorecard 1201 area is provided in an upper left-hand corner.
  • the scorecard 1201 displays information regarding a particular play event, the pay table for that event, prior played events, and win totals for each prior played event and the current event.
  • the scorecard 1201 is similar to that of the previous embodiment in many respects, and includes six columns 1202 , one for each of the six sides of a dice and the numbers associated therewith. At a top of each column 1202 is provided a target number indicator 1203 . In one embodiment, before a target number has been selected, this indicator 1203 comprises a blank dice, A central portion 1204 of each column 1202 indicates the payout for a particular combinations of the target number and/or other numbers. As illustrated, the central portion 1204 is arranged to display payouts for receiving 3 of a Kind, 4 of a Kind, and 5 of a Kind of the target number, as well as a full house, a full house comprising three of the target number and a pair of another number.
  • the payouts for all combinations are illustrated in the central portion 1204 , regardless of whether a particular column 1202 is active (as described below). However, it is desired that the payout information for the non-active column to be displayed less brightly or less visibly than the information provided in the active column. In this manner, a player is provided with information regarding the possible payouts for receiving combinations in any particular column, but the player's attention is directed to the active column 1202 so as to avoid the player being confused as to which column 1202 is being played.
  • a bonus value 1206 is provided in the column 1202 .
  • the bonus value 1206 comprises a payout value which the player may win in a manner described in more detail below.
  • the bonus value 1206 comprises a sum which is related to the amount of wagers placed by players when playing the game, such as a percentage of the wagers or retained winnings by the game provider/house.
  • a win total 1205 is provided at the bottom of each column 1202 for indicating the total payout or winnings to the player for a particular event.
  • the interface 1215 also includes a number of reels 1241 .
  • five reels 1241 are provided.
  • each reel 1241 is capable of displaying one of nine symbols: one symbol each comprising a side of a dice, and three symbols comprising a letter in three different colors.
  • each reel 1241 is capable of displaying dice sides having a one, two, three, four, five and six thereon.
  • the first reel is preferably arranged to display the letter “B” in the colors of red, white and blue.
  • the second reel is preferably arranged to display the letter “O” in the colors of red, white and blue.
  • the third reel is preferably arranged to display the letter “N” in the colors of red, white and blue.
  • the fourth reel is preferably arranged to display the letter “U” in the colors of red, white and blue.
  • the fifth reel is preferably arranged to display the letter “S” in the colors of red, white and blue.
  • the reels 1241 may comprise a displayed image on a video display.
  • the reels 1241 may comprise mechanical reels having one or more of the images printed thereon and/or capable of being displayed thereon.
  • each reel 1241 is arranged to simulate a throw or spin of an imaginary nine-side dice having sides displaying the above-described numbers and symbols.
  • dice or similar physical items are represented either graphically or on a physical reel.
  • each reel 1241 is a hold button 1243 .
  • Each button 1243 is associated with one of the reels 1241 and, as described in more detail below, arranged to permit a player to “hold” the position of a particular reel 1241 in a fixed position.
  • a number display areas are provided for displaying related game information. For example, a message area 1247 is provided for displaying the amount of winnings in a jackpot pool. A grand total area 1239 is provided for indicating to the player the total score of the win totals 1205 of all columns 1202 . In addition, a qualify score 1240 is displayed so that the player may determined if his or her grant total is sufficiently high to qualify for a bonus or jackpot (as described below).
  • a new game button 1251 is provided for permitting a player to begin a new game.
  • a text messages area 1245 may be used to display information, such as game play information.
  • the game play information may be accessible by pressing an information button 1270 .
  • Display areas are provided for displaying winner paid information 1271 , bet information 1272 , and credit information 1273 .
  • the player may bet or wager credits in single increments with a “Bet 1” button 1255 , or may bet or wager a maximum allowed number of credits using a “Bet Max” button 1256 .
  • a spin button 1249 is provided for permitting a player to effectuate a spin of the simulated dice 1241 .
  • a player may elect to cash out by pressing a cash out button 1263 .
  • a coin acceptor 1213 and bill acceptor 1214 are provided for accepting wagers by a player.
  • a player card reader 1275 is provided for reading a player card.
  • the player card 1275 may contain credits which can be used to place bets, may contain player information for reading by the machine, and may store game information, such as a qualifying score, as described in more detail below.
  • a ticket dispenser 1276 is provided for dispensing tickets. As described in detail below, the ticket information may comprise game information, such an in-progress or completed game information.
  • a method of play of the game of Z Jackpot Dice will be described with reference to FIG. 13.
  • a player inserts a number of coins (as by coin acceptor 1213 ), bills (as by bill acceptor 1214 ) or provides other consideration for playing the game. Consideration may also comprise credits from a player card or the like.
  • a step 1322 the player places a wager or bet.
  • this step comprises the player pressing the “Bet 1” button 1255 or the “Bet Max” button 1256 .
  • a player is permitted to bet between one and five credits.
  • Each credit may comprise any of a number of values, such as $0.05 U.S., $0.10 U.S., $0.25 U.S. or the like.
  • the player may utilize the “Bet 1” button 1255 to place wagers incrementally, or press the “Bet Max” button 1256 to place a maximum bet.
  • a step 1324 the player presses the spin button 1249 .
  • the reels 1241 spin or move (either by mechanical rotation or by computer generated graphics) and then stop.
  • one symbol is displayed in association with each reel 1241 .
  • the symbols six, white O, blue N, one and red S are displayed.
  • a player is declared a winner if the player receives the symbols spelling BONUS. In one embodiment, if the player receives the symbols spelling BONUS in mixed colors, then the player is awarded the bonus amount in the display 1206 for the present column. If the player receives the symbols spelling BONUS in the same colors (i.e. all red, white or blue) then the player is awarded the bonus amount in the display 1206 for all columns 1202 .
  • a player is declared a winner if the player receives the same number on each of the reels 1241 (i.e. all ones, twos), and that number has not already been played. In a preferred embodiment, when the player receives the same number on each of the reels 1241 , then the player is awarded the payout for 5 of a Kind as well as the bonus amount.
  • step 1329 the total of any winnings is displayed in the total 1205 portion of the column being played.
  • the column being played is the left-most column 1202 which has yet to be played.
  • the totals of all column 1202 totals are displayed in the total score area 1239 .
  • the player receives BONUS spelled in other than symbols of a single color. That amount is then placed into the total portion 1205 of that column and then indicated in the total score area 1239 along with any other previous total amounts. If a player receives BONUS spelled in a single color, then the player receives the bonus amount 1206 for each and every column. In such event, the totals 1205 for each column 1202 are updated to reflect this winning, as is the player's total score. If a player receives a 5 of a Kind of a new target number, then the player is awarded the payout for a 5 of a Kind and the bonus amount, and the first open column 1202 is highlighted and the target number displayed thereabove.
  • a step 1330 once the player has been declared a winner, it is determined if the player received a win by a 5 of a Kind or receiving the BONUS symbols. If the player received a 5 of a Kind win, then in step 1332 , it is determined if the player wishes to cash out (as via a step 1348 as described below). If the player won by receiving the BONUS symbols, then the player is entitled to respin again in an attempt to obtain a combination of target numbers, as in step 1224 . Of course, if the player again receives a win on the first spin, the process repeats. If the player received the same number on each of the reels, i.e. a 5 of a Kind, then the play for that particular target number is completed and the player moves to the next round. In one or more embodiments, the player may be required to place another bet in order to spin again after having received a win by hitting the BONUS win.
  • step 1334 it is determined if the player received a 5 of a Kind of a new target number. If so, then in step 1336 , the player is awarded the payout for that combination, and the award is displayed in the appropriate column. It is next determined if the player wishes to cash out in step 1348 .
  • step 1338 the player is permitted to “hold” any of the reels 1241 which display a number. When the player holds a particular number, that that number becomes the target number. For example, referring to FIG. 12, the player may wish to hold the six displayed in the first column 1202 .
  • the target number is displayed in the first available column 1202 of the scorecard 1201 .
  • the first available column comprises the left-most column 1202 which has not been utilized during the game.
  • the target number is illustrated by illustrating the target number on the dice at the top of the column. In the example given above, a dice displaying a six would be displayed in the left-most column 1002 .
  • a player is not permitted to select as a target number a number which has already been played in a particular game. If the player attempts to do so, a message may be displayed in the text message box 1245 to the effect that the selected number has already been played and the player must either select a new target number or spin again. Another spin may be required where the first spin results in only numbers which have already been utilized.
  • the player selects more than one number (such as a simulated dice 1241 displaying a five and another displaying a two) the player be instructed that the action is not permitted and the player must select only one target number. Also, a player is not permitted to hold any of the non-numeric symbols, such as B, O, N, U or S.
  • the particular column 1202 is highlighted, such as in brightness or a different color, to aid the user in identifying which information is pertinent to the present round of the game.
  • the payouts are highlighted in the central payout portion 1204 of the scorecard 1201 .
  • the particular payout is dependent upon the player's wager, with the payout increasing with an increasing wager. These payouts may be similar to those described and illustrated above.
  • payouts for combinations of target numbers which are eliminated may be removed from the scorecard 1201 .
  • the payout for a 3 of a Kind may be removed from the column 1202 being played when the player has already received at least a 4 of a Kind.
  • the payout which the player has already received upon the first spin for that target number may be highlighted to bring to the attention of the player that he or she has already won. This highlighting may be by displaying the payout in a distinguishing color or brightness or other means available.
  • the word “paid” may be indicated in the particular area of the scorecard 1201 as well.
  • a step 1342 after holding one or more of the reels 1041 , or after an indication that no reels 1241 can be held, then the player presses the spin button 1249 again. All of the reels 1241 which were not held spin and then stop, again displaying a number.
  • a step 1344 it is determined if the player has received any predetermined winning combinations. If the player did not hold any of the reels 1241 , it is possible that on the second spin the player received the symbols spelling BONUS. Preferably, the player is awarded a win as described above for spelling BONUS, if the player has placed the maximum bet. In any event, if the player spells BONUS, that player is entitled to an extra spin in order to permit the player to receive the maximum number of the target numbers.
  • the player is a winner if he or she receives at least three of the target number, such as 3 of a Kind, 4 of a Kind or 5 of a Kind of the target number, or if the player receives a full house (i.e. 3 of a Kind of the target number plus a pair of another number).
  • a win total is displayed in the win total area 1205 of the particular column. This win total may be 0, in the event the player did not receive a winning combination (for example, a player may elect to hold two dice showing the target number after the first spin and not receive any additional dice showing the target number after the second spin, thus not receiving a minimum three of the target number for an award).
  • the total payout to the player may be updated in the winner paid display area 1271 .
  • a step 1346 the win totals from all win total areas 1205 are displayed, then summed and displayed as a total score in the total score area 1239 .
  • a qualifying score for a jackpot bonus is displayed in the qualifying score area 1240 , again which the player may compare their score.
  • a step 1348 it is determined if the player wishes to cash out. This is indicated by a player pressing the collect button 1263 . In such event, any accumulated winnings and credits are paid to the player. In that event, the game ends.
  • step 1332 If the player wishes to continue the game, it is determined in a step 1332 if all of the columns 1202 of the scorecard 1201 are filled (i.e. all of the target numbers have been played). If so, then the player has completed the game. In a step 1350 , the player's total score is then compared to the qualifying score to determine if the player qualifies for participation in the jackpot. If the player qualifies, then in a step 1248 , the player is provided with a voucher or the like, in similar manner to that described above. This voucher may be dispensed by the jackpot ticket dispenser 1276 .
  • the player may, repeating again to step 1224 , place a bet or wager.
  • the player may be provided with an indication in the text message box 1245 after a given round that they may place a bet to continue with the game.
  • that target number is removed from each reel 1241 .
  • the space for the removed target number is made blank. In other embodiments, as described above, the symbol may be replaced.
  • the column 1202 for the last target number is darkened or the like so that the player's attention is directed to the now active column 1202 . It is preferred, however, that any winning amounts to the player still be displayed in the prior columns 1202 for identification by the player.
  • the bonus amount for each played column be removed so as to not confuse the player. In such event, the bonus amount for each previously played column is placed in a bonus pool for award to the player in the event the player receives a combination of the letters BONUS in all of the same color.
  • the particular symbols which are utilized in the game of Z Jackpot Dice may vary.
  • the non-numeric symbols need not comprise the letters B, O, N, U and S, and do not need to comprise one of each in three different colors.
  • the non-numeric symbols might comprise pictures of fruit or other items. Differing combinations of the non-numeric symbols may be achieved through color, size or other designation.
  • a greater or lesser number of non-numeric symbols may be provided with each reel. For example, there may be only two, or as many as four or more of each of the letters, each in different colors.
  • player may be permitted to hold one of the non-numeric symbols, i.e. B, O, N, U, and/or S, in an attempt to gain a winning combination of such symbols on a second spin or play.
  • one of the non-numeric symbols i.e. B, O, N, U, and/or S
  • a local area computer network 301 and a wide area computer network 401 multiple players may play the game Z Sixty Six, Z Hot Dice or Z Jackpot Dice against one another instead of “against the house.”
  • a local area computer network 301 each participating player deposits money into an individual computer-controlled slot machine 101 for each spin. The player who achieves the highest game score of all of the players who are participating in that multiple player game on the local area computer network 301 wins the money deposited by the various participating players (typically, minus a percentage for the house).
  • the same methodology can be utilized across a wide area computer network 401 , allowing players at different physical locations to compete against each other in real time.
  • the jackpot comprises a percentage of the monies wagered by the players of the game(s). In this manner, the jackpot continues to increase over time with play, and over time, may comprise multi-million dollars in size.
  • the jackpot may comprise monies belonging to the establishment offering the game, and may comprise other than cash prizes.
  • jackpot prizes are awarded at various intervals.
  • the interval may be daily, weekly, monthly, yearly, or the like.
  • the intervals may vary or be evenly spaced.
  • jackpot prizes are awarded to one or more players who have achieved a high score playing the game.
  • a set number of players such as twenty, who have achieved the highest scores playing the game during a jackpot interval may participate in the jackpot.
  • the jackpot may be awarded on the 1 st of each month, with the players who have achieved the twenty highest scores during the previous month participating in the jackpot.
  • a gaming establishment may determine the total number of participants.
  • the participation by the players in the jackpot may be even (i.e. divide the jackpot by the number of participating players) or may be on a sliding or other scale where the higher the player's ranking, the greater that player's participation in the jackpot.
  • the jackpot may also be a fixed amount for each player, or be fixed based on their ranking.
  • a player may track whether or not they are in the running to win the jackpot during a given payout interval. The player may compare their score(s) against the minimum qualifying score at any time to determine if they are still entitled to participate in the jackpot. A player may determine that their score is no longer high enough to qualify for jackpot participation (such as by reason of a number of later players receiving higher scores and displacing the player from the top twenty highest scores). In such event, a player may play one or more games before the award of the next jackpot in an attempt to re-qualify.
  • the jackpot qualifying scores may be published, such as on the Internet, permitting a player to conveniently track their participation.
  • the list of winners of a particular jackpot may be published. The winners may be listed by winning number, which number is printed on the player's voucher. The player may then redeem the voucher for their jackpot award at a gaming establishment or other location.
  • achieving a predetermined score may be utilized for awarding a predetermined jackpot. For instance, if a player achieves a perfect score, meaning the theoretically highest score for each category, then a jackpot may be awarded for such achievement.
  • a number of different jackpot prizes may be provided, the prizes associated with different intervals.
  • a first jackpot prize may be associated with a weekly interval, and another jackpot prize associated with a monthly interval.
  • jackpot prizes associated with longer intervals may be larger than those which are associated with shorter intervals.
  • a player may be permitted to select which jackpot prize they wish to play for. For example, a player may begin a game and be permitted to select the desired jackpot to play for. A player may select the “weekly” jackpot. The player's game result is then used in determining whether the player is entitled to the weekly jackpot at the time the jackpot is awarded. In such an embodiment, the player's game result or score is not associated with participation in other jackpots, such as the monthly jackpot.
  • a player may be permitted to attempt to win more than one jackpot. For example, for an additional bet, a player may be permitted to participate in one additional jackpot. For yet another additional bet, a player may be permitted to participate in another additional jackpot. By way of example, upon a player placing two additional bets, a player may attempt to win both the weekly and monthly jackpot using the score or result of their game.
  • a jackpot or prize may be awarded for game outcomes (such as highest score) of a group or number of games.
  • a jackpot or prize may be awarded to the player receiving the highest score while playing a game of a group or set of 100 games played.
  • each gaming machine may be arranged to provide such a jackpot or prize for each set or group of games played.
  • winning combinations and their payouts may vary from those described and illustrated herein. For example, instead of attempting to achieve a five of a kind of a given number, a player may be directed to achieve a full house, a straight or other combinations. In one or more embodiments, especially when bonuses or jackpots are not awarded, winning combinations may include the more commonly obtained 2 pair or even a single pair. It will be appreciated that when a portion of the wager is diverted to the generation of bonus and jackpot payouts, paying on such commonly occurring combinations is less desirable, as the hold for the game may be minimal or non-existent to the house.
  • bonus points or awards may be provided when a player receives particular indicia combinations.
  • a player may be awarded a bonus, such as bonus points, for completing a particular scoring category on a first spin or roll of the dice. For example, in the event the player receives five “4's” on first roll of the dice, thus filling the category for “4's” then the player may be awarded bonus points in addition to the points awarded for the total of “4's.” Referring to FIG. 5( a ), the player may be awarded 20 points for the five “4's” plus a bonus of 300 points for completing the “4's” category on the first spin.
  • a bonus or bonus points may be awarded for receiving a combination or completing a category on other than the first spin or roll.
  • a first bonus may be awarded for receiving a combination or completing a category on the first roll, a second bonus for doing so on the second roll, and a third bonus for doing so on the third roll. If upon the third roll the player did not complete the category, then no bonus may be awarded. For example, if after the third roll the player received only three “4's,” the player may be awarded only the 12 points for the “4's.”
  • the bonus associated with receiving a combination or completing a category may decrease for each additional spin necessary.
  • the total number of reels or simulated dice may be varied. In the examples illustrated, 5 or 6 of such simulated dice or reels are illustrated and described. However, the games may be played with a lesser number or greater number (i.e. such combination as 7 of a Kind being obtainable, or a maximum of 4 of a Kind). Those of skill in the art will appreciate that as the total number of available combinations changes, the payouts may need to be changed in order to both entice a player into playing and yet prevent the house from risking loss.
  • a player may preferably save a game in progress by pressing the touch-sensitive save-restore game button 559 /pause game button 1059 .
  • the computer program 601 then utilizes the machine-readable medium reading and writing device 129 to write the present scores and game states to a card, voucher (such as a printed ticket or token) or other medium which the player can take with them.
  • the player may later resume the saved game by inserting such card or voucher of machine-readable medium into the reading and writing device 129 of any computer-controlled slot machine 101 .
  • the saved game information is then read from the card or voucher to initialize the conditions and states of the computer-controlled slot machine 101 .
  • a magnetic or optical or semiconductor medium may be used as desired to store and transfer scores and game states and other pertinent data on such card or voucher produced by the video slot machine 101 .
  • game state information is generated. This information may be stored to the medium which is provided to the player, or may be stored remotely, such as at a central server associated with the games when they are linked. In such event, a code or other information need only be stored or associated with the medium provided to the player. When the code is read or inputted into a game at a later time, the code may cause the game to access the game state information stored separately from the medium.
  • a player may be permitted to cease playing a game at a first time and pickup that same game at a later time, and even at a different gaming station offering the game.
  • a similar function may be applied to the game of Z Jackpot Dice or even games other than those described herein, such as those games now known or later invented.
  • the games may be arranged so that a player may engage the pause function, as well as the cash-out and other features of the games, at times other than those specifically described above. For example, a player may be permitted to pause a game at any point, and not specifically only after the completion of a given round of play.
  • FIGS. 14 - 16 Another embodiment of a game of the present invention will be described with reference primarily to FIGS. 14 - 16 .
  • This game is referred to herein as the game of Draw Dice.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a touch sensitive display 1415 for implementing the game of Draw Dice.
  • a payout table 1401 is provided in an upper left-hand corner. The payout table 1401 displays information regarding a particular winning combination and the payout for the combination.
  • the payout table 1401 includes six columns 1402 .
  • a first column are listed a variety of particular combinations of indicia which may be obtained by play of the game described in more detail below.
  • a bet indicator 1403 At a top of the remaining columns 1402 is a bet indicator 1403 .
  • a payout amount which indicates the payout which will be awarded to a player for receiving a particular winning combination.
  • the payout table 1401 displays payouts for receiving two pairs of 4's, 5's or 6's, 2 pair, 3 of a Kind, a Straight, a Flush, a Full House, a 4 of a Kind, a 5 of a Kind, a Royal Flush or a Perfect Royal. The significance of these combinations will be described below. Those of skill in the art will appreciate that other winning combinations may be provided, dependent upon the type of game which is implemented.
  • the display 1415 displays a plurality of indicia.
  • the indicia include a number of simulated dice 1441 (or at least one face or side of a dice), in a similar manner to that described above.
  • a hold button 1443 is associated with one of the simulated dice 1441 and, as described in more detail below, arranged to permit a player to “hold” the a particular simulated dice 1441 in a fixed position.
  • a number of other display areas are provided for displaying game information. For example, a jackpot bonus value 1039 is displayed
  • the player is preferably required to place a wager, such as by providing coins, dollar bills or other credit.
  • the player may bet or wager credits in single increments with a “Bet 1” button 1455 , or may bet or wager a maximum allowed number of credits using a “Bet Max” button 1456 .
  • a credits area 1446 displays the credits belonging to the player.
  • a coins bet area 1447 is provided for displaying the number of coins bet by a player on a given game.
  • a bet cancel button 1448 may be provided to permit a player to cancel their bet. Winnings may be displayed in a winner paid area 1449 .
  • a spin button 1451 is provided for permitting a player to effectuate a spin of the simulated dice 1441 .
  • the user interface or screen comprises a touch screen arranged to display information to a player and receive input therefrom
  • the user interface may comprise a combination of electrical and mechanical devices.
  • one or more of the buttons may comprise electromechanical buttons which may be depressed by a player.
  • the display areas are discussed separately, they may be integrated or be arranged in a number of ways other than as shown.
  • each reel 1442 is capable of displaying symbols or indicia comprising or representing each of the six sides of a dice 1441 .
  • each reel 1442 is capable of displaying each of the six sides of a dice in each of a plurality of colors or otherwise including distinguishing attributes or characteristics.
  • each reel 1442 is capable of displaying each of the six sides of a dice in each of three colors, such as red, white and blue.
  • play of the game results in each reel 1442 displaying one indicia as part of a resulting combination of a spin or event.
  • a spin may result in a reel 1442 displaying a blank or non-dice indicia which comprises part of the results of a spin.
  • the reel 1442 may also display indicia representing a side of a dice. As illustrated in FIG. 16, while at most only one side of a dice or other indicia (such as a blank space) comprises the result of a spin for purposes of determining if a winning combination has been received, other indicia may be displayed and be viewed by a player.
  • a winning combination may comprise a pair of 5's, whether of the same or different colors.
  • the opportunity for a flush exists, the flush comprising a combination of dice of the same color, regardless of value (i.e. regardless of which sides of the dice are shown).
  • a royal flush comprises any combination of five simulated dice 1441 comprising each of the values 1-5 or 2-6, in any color.
  • a royal flush may comprise the dice combination 5 blue, 3 red, 1 white, 2 blue and 4 red.
  • a perfect royal comprises any in sequence combination of simulated dice 1441 all of the same color. This requires that the simulated dice be displayed in forward or reverse order 1-2-3-4-5, 5-4-3-2-1, 2-3-4-5-6 or 6-5-4-3-2. Because each reel 1442 is capable of displaying the sides of the dice in three colors, there are 3 ⁇ 4, or 12, ways to achieve the perfect royal flush. In addition, as a result of the fact that five simulated dice may be displayed in combination, the opportunity exits for a 5 of a Kind comprising five simulated dice showing the same side or value.
  • indicia comprising the sides of dice, and multiples of each side of dice having distinguishing attributes, and by providing several reels
  • a wide variety of unique combinations of indicia are provided which may comprise winning combinations.
  • the payouts for winning combinations may be particularly selected. For example, a gaming manufacturer or establishment may wish to provide a particular percentage return on wagers placed, and may wish to pay winnings for combinations which are frequently received. In both cases, such can be achieved using the many variable parameters associated with the indicia and reels.
  • each reel 1442 capable of displaying two or four or more of each side of a dice.
  • two colors or four or more colors may be used to distinguish the duplicates of the sides of the dice.
  • other distinguishing attributes may be provided, such as card suits, secondary values and the like.
  • each reel 1442 may select an indicia for display from a group which includes multiples of the same side of a dice in the same color. It will be appreciated that such combinations are useful in changing the odds of receiving a particular combination.
  • selection for purposes of determining which indicia is to be displayed is not limited to the stoppage of a reel 1442 having the indicia displayed, but may be simply as a result of a computer generation or selection (such as randomly or randomly with odds factors) of the indicia, and then the display of that indicia or the stoppage of the reel at a point displaying that indicia.
  • each reel 1442 upon a second spin or display of indicia, is capable of redisplaying the same indicia (e.g. the group of indicia from which the indicia is selected upon the second spin is the same as upon the first spin). In another embodiment, once an indicia has been displayed by a reel 1442 , upon a second spin it can not be re-displayed.
  • the reels 1442 may be capable of displaying a wide variety of indicia other than the dice indicia 1441 . As stated above, these indicia may comprise blank spaces or other non-dice indicia. In such event, the winning combinations may be varied.
  • the reels 1442 may be capable of displaying a colored spot, wherein that colored spot may be used to form a flush, but not a straight (since it has no associated value).
  • the present invention is not limited to the display of the dice side indicia by video means.
  • the indicia may be displayed in a variety of manners, such as on a mechanical reel, by hologram or the like.
  • a method of play of the game of Draw Dice will be described with reference to FIG. 15.
  • a player inserts a number of coins or provides other consideration for playing the game, such as dollar bills. Consideration may also comprise credits from a player card or the like.
  • a step 1522 the player places a wager or bet.
  • this step comprises the player pressing the “Bet 1” button 1455 or the “Bet Max” button 1456 .
  • a player is permitted to bet between one and five credits.
  • Each credit may comprise any of a number of values, such as $0.05 U.S., $0.10 U.S., $0.25 U.S. or the like.
  • the player may utilize the “Bet 1” button 1455 to place wagers incrementally, or press the “Bet Max” button 1456 to place a maximum bet.
  • a step 1524 the player presses the spin button 1449 .
  • the reels 1442 spin or move (either by mechanical rotation or by computer generated graphics) and then stop.
  • one symbol is displayed in association with each reel 1441 .
  • the symbol may comprise a “blank.”
  • a step 1526 the player elects to hold one or more of the reels 1442 and associated displayed dice or other indicia. In one embodiment, the player may elect to hold none, one or more or all of the reels 1442 .
  • a step 1528 the player spins the non-held reels 1442 a second time. This step may be initiated by the player depressing the spin button 1451 . In this embodiment, each of the non-held reels 1442 is spun. In the event all of the reels 1442 have been held, then none of the reels spin.
  • a step 1530 the outcome of the game after the second spin is analyzed in order to determine if a winning combination was received. If a winning combination was received, then winnings are awarded to the player in accordance with the payout table 1401 , as per step S 1532 . If a winning combination was not received, then the game ends.
  • the player is awarded a bonus amount.
  • the entire value of the bet is credited to the bonus or jackpot amount which may be won.
  • the bonus amount is initially credited with a base amount greater than the payout for the highest hand (i.e. Perfect Royal in this case) with the next smaller bet (i.e. 4 coins in this case). Thereafter, all additional bet monies are credited to the base amount, generating a total bonus or jackpot amount. In the event the player receives this predetermined winning hand with the maximum bet, the player is awarded the total bonus amount. It will be appreciated that this concept of generating a bonus or jackpot amount which increments by the fully value of the bet or wager may be applied to a wide variety of games.
  • the display of that reel or indicia changes so that only the held indicia is displayed. This effect is illustrated in FIG. 16, where the player has elected to hold the fifth reel. As illustrated, when this occurs, the display of the reel 1442 changes so that only the held value is displayed. This visually indicates to the player that the reel 1442 has been held, and makes it easier for the player to see the resulting combination of indicia for determining whether a winning combination has been received.
  • a multiplier (not illustrated) may be displayed.
  • the multiplier may cause one or more amounts won by a player to be increased.
  • a multiplier value may be indicated on the display 1415 .
  • the value may comprise 2, 3, 4 or other values, including greater values, lesser values, and even 0.
  • the multiplier value may be a value which is actually multiplied against the winning, or may comprise a value which is added to the base winning.
  • the multiplier value may be randomly selected from a plurality of value and then displayed, or may increase with time, or be selected in accordance with a variety of other criteria.
  • the game includes the step of removing from the set of symbols at least one of the symbols, thereby reducing the possible number of combinations achievable thereafter by the player. Preferably, as the number of combinations which the player may achieve are reduced, the payout for achieving a winning combination increases.
  • the symbols or indicia are or include the sides or faces of dice. As target numbers are played, those number or indicia are removed from play. Of course, such a game may utilize other indicia.
  • Such aspects of the game may be applied to a “slot-type” machine which includes reels displaying symbols such as cherries, 7s, bells and the like. As rounds, hands or the like of play are completed, the symbols may be removed randomly or in accordance with winnings combinations received by the player.
  • features such as jackpots and bonuses may be omitted.
  • any combination of jackpots or bonuses as described herein may be applied to such a game or any of the games herein.
  • the replacement symbols may comprise no symbol at all, but comprise a blank or an indicia which otherwise will not contribute to a predetermined winning combination.
  • a variety of criteria may be applied to the games of the invention for determining when a player has qualified or completed a round or category. For example, as described above, a player may be required to receive at least 3 of a Kind to start play. In one or more embodiments, a player may be required to play until they achieve at least a 3 of a Kind before any score is attributed to a particular category (i.e. not just the first).
  • the player may be required to place an additional wager and utilize two more spins in an attempt to gain at least 3 of a Kind.
  • the player may receive a zero score if they do not receive a winning combination on each set of spins. For example, after completing a first target number or category, if on the next two spins a player receives only a pair of the same indicia, the score for that category may be credited as zero, and then the player forced to move to the next target number or category.
  • a player may be declared a winner for receiving other combinations of symbols/events. For example, a player may be paid a special award or winning or receiving at least 4 of a Kind of each target number.
  • an additional column 1202 may be provided which indicates the amount of a bonus the player may receive for obtaining a 3 of a Kind, 4 of a Kind or the like of each of the target numbers in the other columns.
  • Such a bonus may be utilized in addition to a “per-column” bonus as described above in the game of Z Jackpot Dice or the jackpot as described herein.
  • the games of Check, Z Sixty Six, Z Hot Dice, Z Jackpot Dice or Draw Dice or other game variations described herein may be played over the Internet or other wired/wireless communications network/system among a random collection of players at diverse locations, forming a virtual wide area network of such competing players.
  • numerous other wagering games including but not limited to Poker Dice, and Aces in the Pot may be configured for play and display on the display 115 , and played over a local area computer network 401 or wide area computer network 501 of computer-controlled slot machines 101 .
  • FIGS. 3 and 4 there is a method of playing a game and a system for presenting a game including multiple players.
  • FIGS. 3 and 4 Several arrangements of machines 101 in a network configuration for use in presenting such a multi-player game are illustrated in FIGS. 3 and 4.
  • the process of game play of games played by more than one player is linked or commonly controlled.
  • a common controller controls the or governs the play of the multiple games.
  • the common controller may comprise a server 303 such as illustrated in FIG. 3.
  • the controller provides control information to two or more computer-controlled gaming machines (such as machines 101 in FIG. 3).
  • the control information may comprise a control signal transmitted over a network (or other communication link) connecting the controller and the gaming machines, such as dedicated lines 311 as illustrated in FIG. 3.
  • At least one or more events associated with or regarding the play of the games by the one or more players is dictated.
  • the one or more events comprise a game start, game stop or individual game play steps.
  • the aspect of these one or more events which is dictated comprises the timing of the event.
  • the dictated timing may comprise a precise time or a time window or window by which an event must occur, as detailed below.
  • each of the players who wish to participate in the game provide credits.
  • the common controller generates a signal which defines the start of the game, as in step 1122 .
  • the controller sends a signal representing information to each gaming machine regarding how soon the game will begin. This information may comprise a visible timer, time clock, graph or other indicator which is displayed to the player of each gaming machine regarding the time at which the game will begin. For example, the controller may send information which is continuously updated regarding the time until the game is to begin.
  • each player wishing to participate in the game must have their credits provided before the game starts.
  • the controller sends a signal to each gaming device polling that device for information regarding credits placed. If the gaming device sends back a signal indicating that credits have been placed, then the controller may send a signal to the gaming device permitting further input to the player and indicating to the player that they are permitted to play the game. If the gaming device sends back a signal indicating that credits have not been placed, then the controller may send a signal to the gaming device preventing the gaming device from accepting input from a player until the completion of the pending game. The signal may also cause the gaming device to present information to the player that the gaming device is presently not usable.
  • the controller sends a control signal to each gaming machine instructing the player to place their bet, as in step 1124 .
  • the controller is arranged to generate and send information regarding a period of time during which the player is permitted to take action.
  • the controller may send clock or timer data, as described below, which indicates to a player how long, or how much longer, they have to take the appropriate action.
  • the controller is either arranged to cause the dice to spin (as in step 1126 ) or allow the player to effectuate the spin.
  • the controller next sends a signal regarding a time during which each player must make their section of held dice and the indicated target, as in steps 1128 and 1130 .
  • the controller either causes the respin or provides a period of time during which each player may respin.
  • the win totals are then posted and the controller may dictate a period of time during which a player may leave the game or continue with the game by placing an additional bet (as in steps 1140 , 1142 and 1144 .
  • the multiple players play against one another in an attempt to win a prize.
  • the outcome of each player's game may be compared to the outcome of all other players' games for determining the winner of the multi-player event. For example, in the example of Z Hot Dice, each player may attempt to obtain the highest total score (see element 1039 in FIG. 10). The player who receives the highest total score for a particular game may be awarded a jackpot. Other criteria may be utilized for determining one or more winners of the multi-player game, such as lowest score or the highest three scores. In a preferred embodiment, a player is awarded winnings based on the outcome of their game, regardless of whether their result qualified them for winnings when compared to all other players.
  • other prizes may be awarded based on other criteria.
  • the player(s) who receives the highest score during a particular round i.e. a pair of spins in an attempt to fill a single category
  • the order or sequence of the play of the game by a plurality of players is generally synchronized or otherwise controlled.
  • the timing of each step of the game as played by the players is controlled from a time perspective. It will be appreciated that only the play of the game broadly need be controlled from a time perspective.
  • the controller may define a window during which all players are entitled to a play an entire instance of the game.
  • the controller controls the time or time periods for certain activities to occur, such as a player input.
  • One or more embodiments of the invention include a method and system for providing time information to a player.
  • time period information may be displayed.
  • the time period information may comprise numeric time information, graphical information or other forms of information recognizable by a player.
  • the information may comprise a pie-type graph with remaining time indicated as one portion of the graph illustrated in one color and expired time indicated as a portion of the graph in another color.
  • audible or visible alarms or alerts may be provided to a player.
  • an area of the display may flash and indicate to a player that the player only has a short period of time remaining (such as 1 minute, 15 seconds or the like) to take action.
  • the time indicator when the player takes action, the time indicator may be removed or other information displayed to the player indicating that the player's action/selection has been accepted.
  • certain actions by a player maybe rescinded and a new action/selection permitted. For example, a player may elect to rescind particular held dice and hold different dice, so long as such action occurs during the particular time period or by the time indicated.
  • a method of game play in which one or more aspects of game play must occur within a particular time period or before a certain time. If one or more of the acts or inputs are not provided within the required time, the player may be prevented from continuing further and completing the game.
  • Selections by a player, game state information and similar information is preferably forwarded from each gaming device or machine to the controller.
  • the controller may be adapted to send a signal to the gaming machine to cause the gaming machine to not accept input from the player for proceeding in game play. This same signal may cause the display of information to the player that the player did not act in sufficient time and that the player is not permitted to continue playing.
  • a player's bet may be refunded if the player does not take action within the required time. For example, if a player places a bet but does not then spin the reels within the required time, the player's bet may be credited back or refunded.
  • the player's bet is not refunded if the player fails to provide input after one or more of the steps which define the outcome of the game occurs. For example, a player may not be entitled to a refund of their bet if after a spin of the dice the player does not hold one or more dice, as such may allow the player to take advantage of the casino/house by ceasing to act except where a favorable combination of dice are received on the first spin.
  • the multiple gaming machines which are used to present the games to the multiple players may be located adjacent to one another or located remote from one another.
  • a plurality of gaming machines associated with a controller may be located in a particular room or rooms of a casino.
  • the gaming machines may be associated with a local or wide area network allowing the gaming machines to be located remote from one another and/or the controller.
  • one or more of the gaming machines may be located in a first casino and other of the gaming machines located in an entirely different casino.
  • the controller need not be entirely computer.
  • a human “caller” may be involved in the control of the multi-player game.
  • the caller may provide information to players, such as instructions to take particular actions (e.g. “place bets,” “spin,” “hold dice”).
  • the caller may also provide time information and generate or cause the generation of a control signal event.
  • the caller may cause the initiation of a time period via a computer or other device associated with the controller or providing input directly to the controller.
  • the caller may provide an input to the controller causing the controller to start a period of time running or set a time by which an event is to occur.
  • the caller may provide gaps of time between events.
  • the caller may announce a two minute period of time during which players are to engage in their first spin. The caller may then allow a minute or two to lapse before starting a two minute time period during which the players are required to make dice hold selections.
  • the caller may be provided with information regarding player activities, such as the total number of players and the number of players having made and/or not made a selection or engaged in the require activity. This information may be used by the caller to prompt players to take action or permit an extension of the time period for taking action.
  • a caller may be utilized even when the gaming machines are located remotely from one another.
  • the image of the caller may be transmitted to each player, such as by a separate communication channel and one or more displays which are visible to players of the gaming machines, or even by picture-in-picture display of the information to the player directly at the gaming machine.
  • a caller may be utilized even though the caller is not present or visible to the player.
  • a caller maybe used to controller the game play, such as starting and stopping time periods, which time periods are only indicated to a player.
  • the arrangement of the system including the one or more devices for implementing a method of multi-player game play in accordance with the invention may vary.
  • a plurality of gaming machines or devices are associated with at least one controller via one or more communication pathways.
  • each gaming device may be provided with its own gaming controller, such as including a random number generator for generating game outcomes.
  • the main controller may provide control information to each gaming machine, and each gaming machine may be arranged to generate (within the control of the main controller) the game information specific to that gaming machine, such as the outcome of a particular spin.
  • all or substantially all of the game play information may be generated remotely from the gaming machine.
  • the controller including a random number generator for generating a plurality of game outcomes for the differing gaming machines. This game play information may then be transmitted to each particular gaming machine.
  • the game which is played by multiple players may comprise a wide variety of games other than the game of Z Hot Dice as described above.
  • any of the games herein may be implemented for multi-player play.
  • Other games which are presently known may also be configured for play in accordance with the method of the invention, such as the game of video poker.
  • information regarding each player's own game play may be presented.
  • information regarding a player's previous game play such as previous resulting dice combinations and awarded points may be displayed. Such information may be useful to the player in assessing how to proceed with a present game or round of a game.
  • information regarding other players' game results may be displayed to a player. For example, in one embodiment, at the end of each round of the game of Z Hot Dice, the player or players having receiving the highest points for the last round and players having the highest total points for rounds may be displayed to other players. In this manner, a player may compare their total points to those of other players for determining where they stand in an attempt to win the game against the other players.
  • the multiple players may play against the house, such as a computer generated game result.
  • the controller may play a game and generate results of spins, fill categories and achieve point totals associated with those categories and total points.
  • prizes or awards may be provided to a player who obtains a greater total of points than the house. The size of the prize awarded may depend on the number of players who are successful in beating the house. In this embodiment, the house's dice hands and the house point totals may be displayed to all players for their observation.
  • the multi-player game of the invention has many unique aspects and advantages.
  • a multi-player game is provided.
  • current gaming devices are arranged to be played by single players against the house, lending to a very solitary form of play.
  • a method of presenting a game on a gaming device which is associated with many other players. A player of the gaming device feels attached or associated with these other players, even though they may be located remote from one another.
  • a plurality of gaming devices may be located adjacent one another, whereby players located in close proximity to one another all participate in the same game, lending to substantial comradery and interaction.
  • each player's luck and/or skill in playing an event of the game is outcome determinative as to the overall game.
  • each player is in competition with the others, attempting to gain a highest score or other result which entitles them to be declared a winner of the game.
  • each player is in competition with the house, attempting to beat the house and be declared a winner. Regardless, a player's decisions, such as which dice to hold, dictate in part the outcome of the game for the player.
  • the term “computer-controlled slot machine” denotes a computer controlled machine which facilitates wagering, which generally requires the input of money in order to be operated, and which outputs money in response to the achievement of winning wagering results.
  • the touch sensitive display maybe electrical, mechanical and/or electromechanical in nature.
  • the buttons may comprise touch-sensitive areas of a display, they may comprise electromechanical buttons which are activated by mechanical movement (such as depression) by a player.
  • the simulated dice may, instead of comprising solely computer generated images, actually comprise dice or dice faces mounted on a rotating reel and arranged to stop in controlled positions.
  • the simulated dice or other symbols may be provided in a variety of other manners, such as by laser light generation.
  • the dice or other symbols are referred to in certain instances as “simulated,” but could actually comprise faces of actual physical dice.
  • the displays and display areas may comprise CRT type displays, LCD or LED displays or any other means for displaying information now known or later developed.
  • the present invention is not limited to the generation and display of images in the form of the video simulated dice.
  • other images are generated and displayed in the course of game play.
  • the images generated and displayed are in the form of different colors.
  • graphical representations of different types of fruit are generated and displayed.
  • roman numerals are utilized. The generation and subsequent display of any image in a set of at least two display areas in the course of game play is within the scope of the present invention.
  • the feature of permitting a player to “pause” a game and then continue the game at one or one of several gaming machines may be applied to present or future games.
  • the pause feature may be applied to video poker games or the like.
  • the feature of having bonuses associated with more than one event and/or cumulative bonuses may be applied to present or future games.
  • a typical slot machine may be configured to include particular winning combinations which, when received by a player, entitle the player to a first bonus. Additional bonuses may be won by receiving other combinations, and a total bonus may be awarded for receiving yet another special combination.
  • Another feature which may be applied to the games of the invention involves the duplication of displayed dice or symbols after a spin into additional “hands.” For example, after a first spin, a player may elect to hold a target number which is displayed three times (i.e. a 3 of a Kind). These same symbols may then be displayed in one or more additional rows or hands. The player may then be permitted to spin again, in an attempt to achieve a winning combination in any or all of the hands or rows. In the example given, either 2 or 3 additional symbols (depending on whether each row had a maximum of 5 or 6 symbols) would be displayed randomly to fill each row. The combination of the newly displayed symbols and the three originally held symbols would then be evaluated to determine if the player had won. The player may be awarded a payout for each winning row, or only for rows for which the player placed a wager. Alternatively, the player might be permitted to retain the highest winning combination from the several rows for determining the payout to be awarded in the column for that target number.
  • a gaming machine in accordance with the invention may include a random number generator.
  • the random number generator is adapted to produce random numbers which represent the outcome of the rolls of the dice or other symbols.
  • the numbers 1 2 4 3 5 5 may be randomly generated representing the outcome of a roll of six dice. These numbers may correspond to the side of the die bearing the symbols 1 2 4 3 5 5.
  • permutations of roll outcomes are stored in a memory.
  • One of the permutations is selected in order to determine the outcome of a roll.
  • the selection is random.
  • particular permutations maybe removed depending on the status of the game. For example, if a player has played the target number 2, then all permutations containing the number 2 may be removed from selection.
  • the permutations may be associated with registers or memory locations. Selections of outcomes may then be made from memory locations. For example, permutations of outcomes without 2's may be located in one memory location, and outcomes without 3's may be located in another memory location.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a touch sensitive display 1715 for implementing the game of Zingo.
  • a first area 1716 of the display 1715 is arranged to display a set of symbols or indicia.
  • the symbols comprise the sides of a dice.
  • a second area 1718 of the display 1715 is arranged to display one or more combinations of player symbols.
  • the displayed symbols preferably comprise combinations of the symbols which may be displayed in the first area 1716 .
  • the combinations of player symbols are arranged into lines or rows 1720 , each line or row having the same number of positions for display of symbols as maybe displayed in the first area.
  • six positions are provided in the first area 1716 for displaying a combination of six symbols.
  • the second area 1718 is thus arranged to display rows of six symbols as well.
  • a player attempts to match as many of the symbols in the second area 1718 with symbols which are displayed in the first area 1716 .
  • the symbols displayed in the first area 1716 maybe referred to as the game, house, post, called or other symbols, as such symbols form a set of symbols over which the player has no control but attempts utilize to match their symbols in the second area 1718 .
  • these symbols change during the course of a game.
  • the symbols in the second area 1718 may be referred to as the player's symbols, main or other symbols. As detailed below, in one embodiment, these symbols remain the same during the course of a game.
  • each position of first area 1716 is capable of displaying each of the six sides of a dice.
  • other symbols may be displayed.
  • the symbols or indicia may comprise pictures of fruit, letters, numbers or representations of other elements/items.
  • the symbols may be distinguished by color (such as red, white and blue as described above) or in other manners.
  • the total number of different symbols which may be displayed at each position is preferably at least two, and may be more or less than 6. In one embodiment, the number of symbols which may be displayed at each position may vary from another position.
  • the number of positions of symbols in each row or line 1720 of symbols displayed in the second area 1718 is the same as the number of positions of symbols in the first area 1716 .
  • This number of positions may comprise 6, but may also comprise less than six or more than six.
  • 6 positions are chosen when the symbols to be displayed comprise combinations of the 6 sides of a dice.
  • a plurality of combinations of symbols are displayed in the second area 1718 .
  • six rows 1720 of symbol combinations are displayed.
  • each row displays a different combination of symbols.
  • the game is arranged as a wager-type game in which a player is required to “buy-in” to the game, such as by placing a bet.
  • the display may be associated with a gaming machine including a wager-accepting device, such as a coin or bill acceptor.
  • a wager-accepting device such as a coin or bill acceptor.
  • the player need not provide payment in this form or at the time the game starts. For example, when playing a “paper” version of the game, the player may purchase a game card on which player indicia are printed.
  • the method thus includes the step of a player placing a wager or otherwise establishing entitlement to play the game.
  • a combination of symbols is displayed in the first area 1716 .
  • the symbols which are displayed are selected randomly.
  • the symbols displayed in the first area 1716 are compared to the symbols displayed in the first row in the second area 1718 . If any of the symbols are the same, in one embodiment, a “match” is declared. In the preferred embodiment, a match only occurs if the symbol which is displayed in the first area 1716 is the same as and in the same position as the symbol displayed in the second area 1718 .
  • the symbol in the row in the second area 1718 is highlighted or another indication is provided to the player of the match.
  • the indication of match occurs by a computer comparing the displayed symbols.
  • the player is required to provide input for a match, such as by pressing a “hold” button associated with the position or touching the area of the display where the symbol is displayed.
  • a player receives a score associated with a match.
  • the score comprises points or another numerical value.
  • the points comprise the points of the matched dice.
  • the player's score associated with a particular row is displayed on the display 1715 .
  • a player has three opportunities to match the symbols displayed in a row of the second area 1718 with symbols displayed in the first area 1716 .
  • a new or next set of symbols is displayed in the first area 1716 .
  • Each display of a new set or combination of symbols in the first area 1716 may be referred to as a “roll” or “spin.”
  • the symbols displayed in the first area 1716 are compared to those displayed in the same row of the second area 1718 , and matches are determined.
  • it does not need to be matched again during later spins or rolls.
  • a player attempts to match each of the symbols in the row with a symbol displayed in the first area 1716 at least once during the course of the three (or other number) of rolls. If new matches result from the second spin or roll, then the player's score is updated. A new (i.e. third) spin or roll is initiated. The resulting displayed symbols are again compared.
  • a round of play comprises the display of one or more sets of symbols in the first area 1716 for comparison with the symbols displayed in the second area 1718 .
  • three sets of symbols displayed in the first area 1716 are compared against symbols in the second area 1718 .
  • the player's total for the round may then be used to determine if the player is a winner of the game, such as for entitlement to an award.
  • the game includes more than one round.
  • the number of rounds is dependent upon the number of groupings of symbols in the second area 1718 to which symbols are compared from the first area 1716 .
  • the game continues in similar fashion to that described above until the player has completed play with respect to each row or combination of symbols in the second area 1718 .
  • the player matched the dice symbols 2, 6, 4, 5, 3 during one or more of the rolls or spins of the symbols in the first area 1716 . This resulted in a player receiving 20 points: the sum of the faces of the dice.
  • the player matched the dice symbols 5, 2, 6 for a score of 13.
  • the display 1715 is arranged to display a player's score for each row and, in one or more embodiments, any bonus received.
  • a player may receive a bonus score for matching at least a specified minimum number of the symbols, or a specified minimum number of symbols upon the first or by the second roll or spin. For example, a player may be awarded a 50 point bonus for matching five symbols upon the first spin, as illustrated in FIG. 17.
  • the display 1715 displays a total score comprising the sum of the score for each row and the bonus (if any) for each row.
  • a player is rewarded an award or declared a winner based upon the player's score.
  • a player may be declared a winner if the player's score is greater than a predetermined score.
  • the player may be declared a winner based upon the player's score as compared to the scores of other players or the house.
  • the game is implemented as a multi-player game.
  • the players may play the game at the same or different times, and one or more players may be awarded winnings as the end of a predetermined time.
  • a predetermined period of time such as a week
  • the game may be played by several players simultaneously, such as described above.
  • each player In the multi-player version of the game it is preferred that each player have the opportunity to obtain the same highest score. On the other hand, it is preferred that the players not play the exact same form of the game when playing the game simultaneously, since each players game outcome would be the same. In an embodiment such as illustrated in FIG. 17, it is desired that each player play a game in which the symbols displayed in the second area have the same point total, but comprise different combinations of symbols. In the embodiment illustrated where a matrix of 6 rows of 6 symbols (i.e. 36 symbols) of sides of dice are displayed, the sum of the faces may comprise 126. In that event, there are over 1000 different combinations of symbols which may be displayed in the matrix, such that at least one thousand players may play the game at the same time using a unique combination of symbols. Of course, a greater or lesser number of combinations may result when a greater or lesser number of symbols is used.
  • the game in principal may be played in a variety of formats and including a variety of options.
  • the spun or rolled symbols need not be displayed on the same display as the player's symbols.
  • the outcome of a roll or spin may be displayed on another device or in another area, such as on a separate monitor or projector.
  • the game may be implemented in a slot machine type format including reels, where the reels display the symbols and the reels rotate to represent each spin or roll. The spinning of the reels may be initiated remotely, and in a multi-player game format, a signal may be sent to each machine causing the reels to rotate and all stop in the same position.
  • the player's symbols may be displayed in a manner other than by a touch-sensitive or other video type display.
  • the symbols may be associated with reels as well.
  • the reels may all rotate and stop to display the matrix of indicia which comprise the symbols of the second area.
  • the symbols may be printed on cards or similar members. In such event, the outcome of the game may require manual confirmation of the matches.
  • the player's symbols need not comprise a matrix of symbols. Instead, the symbols may be arranged in a variety of fashions, such as an X or T or the like.
  • the goal may be to attempt to match each and every symbol of the configuration.
  • the winner of the game may be each or every player who matches all of the symbols of the pattern.
  • the combinations of symbols may also be arranged in vertical columns. Not all of the symbols need to be displayed at the same time. For example, in one embodiment a first row of symbols may be displayed and the other five rows of symbols may remain blank until the successive rounds of the game progress.
  • a player may be provided a bonus score or award if the player receives a predetermined pattern of symbols from a group of symbols. For example, while playing a game comprising a matrix of 36 symbols, a player may be provided a bonus score or award for matching the symbols forming an X through the matrix.
  • bonuses or other events and awards may be provided, including one or more of the bonus events described above.
  • a player may be provided a bonus score or award if the player matches at least 4 symbols of each of the 6 rows.
  • a player may be awarded a bonus score or award for matching every symbol.
  • a player may be permitted to play one or more wild cards.
  • the wildcards may be placed anywhere in the combination of player symbols and constitutes an automatic match, regardless of whether the symbol is actually matched during play of the game.
  • the player Preferably, the player must indicate the location of the wildcard(s) before play of the game begins.
  • the game of the invention is particular suited to the multi-player game format described above where the timing of certain aspects or events of play is controlled.
  • all players are provided a set of player symbols.
  • a single set of symbols is displayed to all players for comparison of a match.
  • a match may be declared if a symbol displayed in the first area matches a symbol of a row in the second area, regardless of whether the matching symbols are displayed in the same position. For example, referred to FIG. 17, if at the beginning of the game the first set of symbols were as displayed, the player would be permitted a match for the display of the 2 in the first position of the first set of symbols with the 2 in the first row of the second set of symbols.
  • a player may be permitted to declare a match when any symbol which is displayed in the first area matches any symbol displayed in the second area.
  • a player may use a displayed symbol in the first area only once.
  • the game may comprise the rolling or display of a predetermined number of sets of first symbols. The player attempts to match as may of the symbols in the second set as possible. In one embodiment, a player may attempt to match every symbol in the second set in order to win. In another embodiment, the player may be provided a score comprising the sum of the matched symbol values.
  • the symbols which are displayed in the first area need not be arranged similar to those in the second area.
  • a single symbol, pair of symbols or the like may be displayed and used by the players in matching to the symbols in the player area.
  • the score may comprise other than the sum of the dice value.
  • each symbol may have an associated value.
  • the value for each symbol may remain the same or change based on criteria such as the row in which the symbol is located.

Abstract

A variety of methods of playing dice games and apparatus for implementing the games are disclosed. In one embodiment, at least two indicia are displayed, the indicia selected from a group of indicia including two indicia representing each side of a dice, the indicia representing each side of a dice having a distinguishing characteristic. In one embodiment, the group of indicia includes each side of a dice distinguishable by color. After display of the indicia, a player is permitted to hold none, one or more or all of the indicia. An indicia is then selected from the group of indica for each non-held indica. The resulting combination of indicia is then evaluated to determine if it comprises a predetermined winning combination of indicia. In one embodiment, a video machine is arranged to implement the game. Machine-readable media reading and writing devices allow players to save and restore games in progress. In one or more embodiments, two or more gaming devices are associated with a common controller. The controller dictates a time period by which a player must provide game play input to the gaming device in order to proceed with the game. The outcome of the game may be determined by comparison to the outcome(s) received by other players playing the game. In one embodiment the game comprises the display of a plurality of game indicia and a plurality of player indicia and includes the step of determining if any of the game indicia and player indicia match. A score is generated based upon matching symbols.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/684,759 filed Oct. 6, 2000, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/553,915 filed Apr. 20, 2000, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/439,934, filed on Nov. 12,1999, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/298,604 filed on Apr. 23, 1999, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.[0001]
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates generally to methods of playing games, gaming devices and systems. [0002]
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Traditional slot machine play typically involves wagering on the spin of a mechanical or video-simulated reel. No decision making is involved, other than the decision to play. No skill is involved where the outcome of such gaming is based upon chance. [0003]
  • The interconnection of multiple gaming machines to facilitate a gaming system with progressive jackpots is in use today. Although such wide area links involve progressive jackpots, they do not take full advantage of the potential created by the interconnection of a plurality of gaming machines. Wide area links of gaming machines typically involve traditional computer-controlled slot machines, which, although popular, do not involve a substantial skill element. Furthermore, traditional slot machines facilitate a limited persistence of play. After any given spin, a player is likely to leave the computer-controlled slot machine, because each spin is a completed cycle rather than part of an ongoing game. A game in which each spin or turn is a part of an ongoing game would be advantageous because such a system would encourage a player to continue playing in order to complete a game in progress. [0004]
  • Additionally, traditional slot machine play is a solitary activity. Players compete only against the house, in an introverted process in which they interact not with each other, but only with the gaming machines. With the advent of wide area links of gaming machines, a tremendous potential exists to facilitate multiple player tournaments, in which players would not only compete for the same progressive jackpots, but actually compete against each other in real time. Such multiple player gaming would be more socially interactive, and would facilitate a fun gaming dynamic. [0005]
  • Also, traditional slot machines are not equipped to permit a player to take a break, and to later resume game play. If a player physically leaves an individual slot machine, that player may never revisit the specific game state which the player left behind. Because players like to take short and long term breaks for a variety of reasons, a method to allow a player to save a game state and later restore the saved game would be advantageous. Players would like to be able to take breaks of any length and later resume a saved game at the same or another physical location. [0006]
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides apparatus and methods for playing various casino games. In one or more embodiments, the invention comprises a game in which the number of potential winning combinations is reduced over time. As the number of potential winning combinations is reduced, the payout associated with each remaining combination winning combination increases. In a number of the embodiments, a set of symbols or indicia are provided. After placing a wager, a number of the symbols from the set are displayed to a player. The player is permitted to hold one or more of the symbols and discard the others. Symbols from the remaining set of symbols are then displayed in replacement of the non-held symbols. The final set of displayed symbols are compared to predetermined winning combinations to determine if the player is a winner. One or more of the symbols are then removed from the set of symbols before the next round of play. [0007]
  • In one embodiment, the combinations comprise combinations achievable using the sides of dice (e.g., all dice showing the same indicia or symbols, the dice showing a full house, straight or the like). In one or more embodiments, the invention comprises a game in which the number of potential winning combinations is reduced as play persists by removing payable indicia based on previous pay by the player. In a number of embodiments, such comprises removing from play face(s) of the dice, by removing the symbols therefrom, replacing them with other symbols or the like. [0008]
  • One game in accordance with the present invention is designated herein by the term Check. In the game of Check, a player spins (rolls) five simulated dice to obtain certain scoring combinations during each turn. Each turn lasts from one to three spins. After the first spin, a player may end the turn or spin again. If a player spins again, the player may re-spin all of the dice, or hold any number of the dice and re-spin the others. After a maximum of three spins in this manner, the turn ends. Once a turn is over, the player must assign the result of the dice to one of a number of categories on a scorecard. If the result of the dice does not fit any of the categories, the player must assign a zero to one of the categories. Over the course of multiple turns, the player attempts to fill out the multiple predefined categories on the scorecard. The game is over when the player has filled all of the predefined categories and the resulting point values are accumulated. [0009]
  • The game of Check involves a substantial skill element. During the course of a game, a player must make various decisions, for example, whether to assign an existing score to a category or to roll again, which dice to roll again and which dice to hold, and to which category to assign a score. The outcome of the game and the amount of a player's winnings or losses are directly dependent upon the decisions the player makes. [0010]
  • Another such game is denoted herein by the term Z Sixty Six. In the game of Z Sixty Six, a player spins (rolls) six simulated dice to obtain three, four, five, and six of a kind. A player must achieve a minimum of three of a kind in order to begin a game. [0011]
  • Each turn of a game lasts from one to three spins. During the first spin of a turn, a player spins all six dice, attempting to achieve a resulting combination in which at least three of the dice are of the same numerical value. After the first spin of a turn, the number displayed by the largest plurality of the dice automatically becomes a target number for the current turn. The dice displaying the target number are automatically held, and if at least three dice displaying the target number have been generated, points are assigned to a score area associated with the target number. [0012]
  • After the first spin, the player re-spins the dice that were not held, attempting to generate more dice displaying the target number. Where more dice displaying the target number are generated, a predetermined number of points is added to the appropriate scoring category, and the additional scoring dice are held. After a maximum of three spins total, the turn ends. Over the course of multiple turns, the player attempts to fill out the multiple predefined, scoring categories. The game is over when the player has filled all of the predefined categories. [0013]
  • Another such game is a game called Z Hot Dice. In accordance with this game, a player is permitted to spin six simulated dice. It is the goal of the player to achieve the maximum number of each of the six symbols one through six via two-spin or roll rounds. After a first spin, the player selects a target number. The target number is a number displayed by one of the dice (or none, as the case may be) which has not already been played. The player holds the dice displaying the target number. The player then spins the non-held dice, resulting in a final combination of six dice. The total number of dice displaying the target number is then determined. If the player receives a sufficiently high number of dice displaying the target number, the player is awarded a winning amount. The player is permitted to continue playing until each target number has been played. After each target number has been displayed, that target number is removed from the simulated dice, reducing the total remaining numbers capable of being displayed. [0014]
  • The total award to the player for each target number is summed and compared against a qualifying score. The qualifying score comprises a score above which the player would be entitled to participate in a jackpot if the jackpot were then awarded. [0015]
  • A variety of options and other forms of play of the game of Z Hot Dice are disclosed. [0016]
  • Another such game is called Z Jackpot Dice. In accordance with this game, a player is permitted to spin five reels each capable of displaying each of the six symbols of a dice, and three other symbols. In one embodiment, the other symbols comprise three letters in the colors red, white and blue, with the letters being B, O, N, U and S. [0017]
  • In similar fashion to the game of Z Hot Dice, the player attempts to receive predetermined combinations of target numbers, the target numbers selected from the dice symbols of one through six. A pay table is provided for each winning combination of the target numbers. In addition, a bonus amount is associated with each target number. [0018]
  • In the course of play, the player spins the reels. If the player obtains a combination of the letters (i.e. non-target symbols), then the player is awarded the bonus amount. If the letters are not of the same color, then the player is awarded the bonus for the bonus associated with the next as yet to be played target number. If the letters are of the same color, then the player is awarded the bonus for all of the target numbers. If the spin results in a combination of the letters only, then the player is permitted to thereafter spin again to play a target number. [0019]
  • After the first spin (or the second spin, if the first resulted in a win based on letters only), then the player is permitted to select a target number and hold the reels displaying the target number. The player is then permitted to spin the non-held reels. Thereafter, it is determined if the player has received a winning combination of the target number. In one embodiment, the player must receive at least 3 of the target number to obtain a winning. [0020]
  • Winnings for each target number and any bonus winnings are added and compared against a qualifying score for determining if the player is presently permitted to participate in a jackpot award. The player is permitted to continue playing until the player has played all of the target numbers. At the conclusion of the game (whether terminated by the player or by completion of all target numbers), the player is provided with a ticket in the event the player's score is sufficiently high to qualify for jackpot participation. [0021]
  • In all games, the player inserts coins or utilizes another form of payment/credit to play the game. The player is paid a payout dependent upon receiving predetermined combinations of elements or categories, and the number of rolls needed to achieve the scoring dice combinations. Bonuses may be paid for successfully completing the scorecard. [0022]
  • Furthermore, the games directly facilitate persistence of play. Each spin is part of an ongoing game. A player is encouraged to continue playing to complete turns and games in order to maximize the resulting point values or scores accumulated on the scorecard. [0023]
  • Another game in accordance with the invention is referred to herein as Draw Dice. In accordance with an embodiment of this game, a method of game play comprises the steps of placing a wager, displaying at least two indicia selected from a group of indicia, the group of indicia including at least two indicia representing a side of a dice and the at least two indicia representing a side of said dice having at least one distinguishing attribute, holding none, one or more of the displayed indicia, displaying a replacement indicia from the group of indicia for each displayed indicia which is not held, and determining if the resultant displayed indicia comprises predetermined winning combination of indicia, and if so, paying the player a payout. In one embodiment, the distinguishing attribute comprises a color, such as a color of the dice. In one embodiment, the group of indicia includes each side of a dice in each of three different colors, and whereby said winning combination may include a flush of indicia of the same color. [0024]
  • In one embodiment, there is provided a jackpot or winning for a game in which the jackpot is incremented by the full amount of a wager placed by the player to play the game. In one embodiment, the jackpot is awarded for receiving one particular winning combination of indicia from a group of winning combinations of indicia. [0025]
  • The computer-controlled slot machines may be interlinked onto a local and wide-area network with other computer-controlled slot machines. This facilitates multiple player tournaments in which players compete against each other in real time, in contrast to playing “against the house.” The wide area network also facilitates the payment of progressive or other special jackpots. The wide-area link may have progressive jackpots or flat-rate jackpots, and these prizes may be paid daily, weekly, monthly, and/or yearly. [0026]
  • Player participation in the game over time may be enhanced by jackpot participation. A jackpot is preferably awarded at predetermined intervals, such as every week. In one or more embodiments of a game, if the player has obtained a qualifying score, the player is automatically permitted to participate in the jackpot. In a preferred embodiment, the player's having the highest scores (such as the twenty highest scores) at the time the jackpot is awarded are permitted to participate. In this arrangement, a player need not win a predetermined combination of symbols or the like to participate in the jackpot. All that is required is that, over the course of game play, the player receive a sufficiently high score as compared to other players. How high of a score is necessary to qualify changes during each jackpot interval. [0027]
  • The present invention also comprises a method by which a player may save and restore games in progress. A player may save a game onto a magnetic card, bar coded voucher, or other machine-readable medium. The player may later resume the saved game by inserting the machine-readable medium into any similar computer-controlled slot machine, either at the same location, or elsewhere on the wide area network. The computer-controlled slot machine is then initialized to the conditions and states determined by the saved game information from the machine-readable medium, and the player may resume the game from where previously terminated. [0028]
  • One or more embodiments of the invention comprise a method of playing a multi-player game and a system for presenting such a game. In one embodiment, the invention comprises a method in which two or more players play a game, the game having the possibility of a different outcome to each player, and the game having a plurality of steps, one or more of which affect the outcome of the game to each player. In one embodiment, the method includes the step of indicating information regarding times by which each of the steps of the game must be completed by each of the players. If a player completes a game step within the required time, then the player is allowed to continue playing the game. If not, the player is not permitted to continue playing the game. Once the steps of the game are completed by one or more of the players within the allotted times, the winner of the game is determined by comparing the outcomes of completed games. [0029]
  • In one or more embodiments, the multi-player game comprises a game of Z Hot Dice or other dice game of the invention. In such an arrangement, each player may be required to place a bet or ante within a time period or by a time certain in order to continue to play the game. If the bet is placed, then each completing player may be required to spin the dice within a given time, and then hold none, one or more of the dice in another time period, and so on. The player attempts to gain the highest score possible from a combination of dice. The outcome of the game is determined by comparing the total scores of the players of the game. [0030]
  • One embodiment of the invention comprises a system for presenting a multi-player game. In one embodiment, the system includes at least two gaming devices for presenting the game to two or more players. Each gaming device is associated with at least one controller which is adapted to provide control information, such as indicated time information regarding when a particular step of the game must be completed. [0031]
  • Another embodiment of the invention comprises a game called Zingo. In one embodiment of this game, at least one set of player symbols or indica are provided. A set of game symbols or indicia are also provided. These symbols may be displayed on a video display. The set of game symbols is compared to the set of player symbols to determine if there are any matching symbols. In one embodiment, three different sets of the game symbols are provided, and each set of game symbols is compared to the same set of player symbols. In one embodiment, a match is declared if a symbol from the set of game symbols matches a symbol from the set of player symbols in a corresponding position or order. A score may be awarded or generated in the event of a match. A player attempt to obtain a high score to achieve an award. [0032]
  • In one embodiment, the set of player symbols comprises a plurality of rows or lines of symbols. The game symbols are arranged in a row and are compared to the symbols in a row of the player symbols. This embodiment game is particular suited to play as a multi-player game, where each player is provided with a set of player symbols and then the game symbols are displayed to all players. Each player attempts to match as many symbols as possible. One or more players achieving a high or the highest score may be awarded a reward. [0033]
  • In one embodiment, the symbols which are display comprise the sides of dice. The player symbols comprise a matrix of 36 sides of dice. The game symbols represent the sides of six rolled dice. The player is awarded points or a score comprising the total of the sides of the matched dice symbols. In one embodiment, a player is entitled to bonus points or a bonus score in the event the player matches a predetermined number of symbols during first or first and second rolls of the game dice. [0034]
  • Further objects, features, and advantages of the present invention over the prior art will become apparent from the detailed description of the drawings which follows, when considered with the attached figures. [0035]
  • DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a computer-controlled slot machine, in accordance with one embodiment of the gaming system of the present invention. [0036]
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of four computer-controlled slot machines assembled in a bar table according to another embodiment of the present invention for single or simultaneous multiple user play. [0037]
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of a local area network of computer-controlled slot machines, according to the present invention for progressive gaming activity. [0038]
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a wide area network of computer-controlled slot machines, according to the present invention for progressive gaming activity. [0039]
  • FIG. 5A is a diagram of a touch-sensitive display of a computer-controlled slot machine, in accordance with one embodiment of the gaming system of the present invention. [0040]
  • FIG. 5B is a diagram of a touch-sensitive display of a computer-controlled slot machine, in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the gaming system of the present invention. [0041]
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram of the microprocessor-controlled computer and the computer program which facilitate game play according to one embodiment of the present invention. [0042]
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of game play according to one embodiment of the present invention. [0043]
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of game play according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. [0044]
  • FIG. 9 is illustrates score categories comprising two distinct display areas, according to one embodiment of the present invention. [0045]
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a user-interface for an alternate game of the present invention; [0046]
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of game play of the game having the interface illustrated in FIG. 10; [0047]
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a user-interface for an alternate game of the present invention; [0048]
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of game play of the game having the interface illustrated in FIG. 12; [0049]
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a user-interface for an alternate game of the present invention; [0050]
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart illustrating the steps of game play of the game having the interface illustrated in FIG. 14; [0051]
  • FIG. 16 illustrates said user-interface of said game illustrated in FIG. 14 in a particular game condition; and [0052]
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a user-interface for an alternate game and method of playing a game in accordance with the invention. [0053]
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention comprises methods and apparatus for presenting and playing a game. In the following description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a more thorough description of the present invention. It will be apparent, however, to one skilled in the art, that the present invention may be practiced without these specific details. In other instances, well-known features have not been described in detail so as not to obscure the invention [0054]
  • In general, one aspect of the invention comprises a game which presents to a player the opportunity to obtain an increasing payout as play continues. In one or more embodiments, the invention comprises a game in which the number of potential winning combinations is reduced over time. As the number of potential winning combinations is reduced, the payout associated with each remaining combination winning combination increases. In a number of the embodiments, as described below, the combinations comprise combinations achievable using the sides of dice (e.g., all dice showing the same face, the dice showing a full house, straight or the like). In one or more embodiments, the invention comprises a game in which the number of potential winning combinations is reduced as play persists by removing payable indicia based on previous pay by the player. In a number of embodiments described below, such comprises removing from play face(s) of the dice, by removing the symbols therefrom, replacing them with other symbols or the like. These and other aspects of the invention will become apparent when considering the detailed description below. [0055]
  • In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, one or more games are presented for play on a computer-controlled slot machine, for example as shown in FIG. 1. As described below, these games may include the games of Check, Z Sixty Six, Z Hot Dice, Z Jackpot Dice, Draw Dice and Zingo. The computer-controlled [0056] slot machine 101 includes a microprocessor-controlled computer 103 within a tamper proof and lockable cabinet 109 having a coin acceptor 111 for wagers and a bill validator 113 for wagers, and preferably including a touch-sensitive display 115 for player input and game display. In addition, the computer-controlled slot machine includes a sound speaker 117 for output of digital sound and voice simulations, a tower light 119 (not shown) to indicate jackpots and other game statistics, and a meter 121 to display progressive jackpot information and other text. The computer 103 controls release of coins to a coin hopper 123 for paying players, and controls a ticket printer 125 for generating vouchers. The computer 103 also controls a machine-readable medium reading and writing device 129 for saving and restoring games in progress.
  • An alternative embodiment of the computer-controlled slot machine is illustrated in FIG. 2. A “bar buddy” version of a computer-controlled [0057] slot machine 201 includes all of the features of the computer-controlled slot machine 101. Each “bar buddy” computer-controlled slot machine 201 contains four such computer-controlled slot machines 101, assembled within a bar table 203. Each of the four touch-sensitive displays 115 for player input and game display are mounted in the surface of the bar table 203. The bar buddy computer-controlled slot machine 201 enables from one to four players to play games of the invention simultaneously, either against each other or against the house. The various modes of game play are detailed below.
  • Each computer-controlled [0058] slot machine 101 is preferably connected to a local area computer network as illustrated in FIG. 3. The local area computer network 301 is controlled by a microprocessor-controlled server computer 303 which controls game play, records game statistics, accounts for vouchers and jackpots, and links the games together. The local area computer network 301 also preferably includes a progressive meter display 305 for showing progressive jackpot information, a flat rate award display 307 for showing flat rate jackpot information, and an additional display 309 for showing the scores that presently qualify for jackpots on the local area network 301. In the preferred embodiment of the present invention, all of the computer-controlled slot machines 101 are connected to the local area computer network 301 in conventional manner via private dedicated lines 311. In an alternative embodiment, some or all of the computer-controlled slot machines 101 positioned at remote locations are connected to the local area computer network 301 via modems and public telephone lines operated in secure mode through encryption/decryption techniques.
  • Each [0059] local area network 301 of computer-controlled slot machines 101 maybe connected to a wide area computer network as illustrated in FIG. 4. The wide area computer network 401 includes local area computer networks 301 at various physical locations. The wide area computer network 401 is controlled by a central-site computer 403 which operates in 24-hour-a-day communication with all local area computer networks 301 on the wide area computer network 401 for security, accounting, and verification of games and jackpots. If a local area computer network 301 is connected to a wide area computer network 401, the progressive meter display 305, the flat rate award display 307, and the additional display 309 of that local area computer network 301 all display jackpot and other information pertaining to the entire wide area network 401. For example, the additional display 309 of a local area computer network 301 which is connected to a wide area computer network 401 shows scores that presently qualify for jackpots on the wide area network 401. In the preferred embodiment of the present invention, each local area computer network 301 is connected to the wide area computer network 401 in conventional secured cryptographic manner via private dedicated lines 311. In an alternative embodiment, some or all of the local area computer networks 301 are connected to the wide area computer network 401 in secured cryptographic manner via modems and public telephone lines.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the computer-controlled [0060] slot machine 101 includes a touch-sensitive display 115 for player input and game display. FIG. 5A illustrates the layout of the touch-sensitive display in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention for playing the game of Check. The touch-sensitive display 115 allows the player to make input selections conveniently, and displays game information in various ways, depending upon game state. The upper left area of the display 115 displays a scorecard 501 which includes thirteen dual purpose score areas 503 pertaining to the thirteen possible scoring categories. These areas are utilized to accept a player's selection of a scoring category after achieving a scoring spin, and also to display the score achieved by a player in that category, as detailed below with respect to game play.
  • The computer-controlled [0061] display scorecard 501 is divided into two portions. The upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501 includes dual purpose score areas 503 of the display for Ones (or Aces) 507, Twos (or Deuces) 509, Threes 511, Fours 513, Fives 515, and Sixes 517. If the player exceeds a pre-determined score threshold on the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501, the player is awarded a bonus score which is displayed in the bonus score display area 519 of the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501. The upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501 also includes an upper portion score total display area 520 for displaying the total of all of the scores achieved in the scoring categories of the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501. A detailed explanation of scoring is provided below with respect to game play.
  • The [0062] lower portion 521 of the display scorecard 501 includes dual purpose score areas 503 for 3-of-a-Kind 523, 4-of-a-Kind 525, Full House 527, a four-dice Straight 529, a five-dice Straight 531, the sum of all five dice (or Chance) 533, and 5-of-a-Kind (or Check) 535. The lower portion 521 of the scorecard 501 also includes a lower portion score total display area 537 for displaying the total of all of the scores achieved in the scoring categories of the lower portion 521 of the scorecard 501.
  • The [0063] display 115 includes a grand total score display area 539 which displays a player's grand total score as the sum of the upper portion score total and the lower portion score total.
  • The bottom left area of the [0064] display 115 includes five simulated dice 541. The bottom left area of the display 115 includes five hold buttons 543 immediately below the simulated dice 541. These hold buttons 543 are touch-sensitive areas, and are for holding a specific simulated dice 541 on a series of spins (rolls) when the player is attempting to obtain a certain combination, as detailed below with respect to game play.
  • The middle left area of the [0065] display 115 includes a text message box 545 for informing players of games states, such as number of spins remaining, winning combinations, game over, and for informing players of the amount of payouts.
  • The upper right area of the [0066] display 115 includes a message area 547 showing the position of the current scorecard 501 in the daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly prize jackpot award among multiple player networks for the prevailing scores. Alternatively, the message area 547 may show the top five scores on a multiple-player network that qualify for a jackpot, as well as the bottom five scores that so qualify, so that the player can see scores required to achieve a jackpot, as detailed below with respect to jackpots.
  • The bottom right area of the touch-[0067] sensitive display 115 includes a number of touch-sensitive areas which facilitate configuration and control of the game of Check. Specifically, a touch-sensitive spin button 549 activates a spin (roll) of the simulated dice 541, a touch-sensitive reset button 551 resets the scorecard 501, and a touch-sensitive start game button 553 starts a game. A touch-sensitive wager button 555 allows a player to select the number of credits to wager, a touch-sensitive game mode selection button 557 allows a player to switch between game modes, and a touch-sensitive save-restore game button 559 allows a player to save or restore a game in progress to or from a card or voucher of machine-readable medium. Of course, the various buttons or control inputs, for example 543, 549, 551, 553, 555 and 557, described herein as touch-sensitive areas on the display, 115 may also be provided as mechanical electrical input devices, as desired.
  • FIG. 5B illustrates the layout of the touch-sensitive [0068] 115 display in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention for playing the game of Z Sixty Six. The touch-sensitive display 115 allows the player to make input selections conveniently, and displays game information in various ways, depending upon game state. The upper left area of the display 115 displays a paytable 561 which indicates predetermined amounts to be paid for achieving specific scoring combinations. The paytable 561 is updated as the game progresses to reflect predetermined amounts to be paid for achieving scoring combinations at different stages of game play.
  • Below the [0069] paytable 561 are six score areas 503 of the display 115. There is a score area for Ones (or Aces) 507, for Twos (or Deuces) 509, for Threes 511, for Fours 513, for Fives 515, and for Sixes 517. Scoring combinations are assigned to appropriate score areas 503. A detailed explanation of scoring is provided below with respect to game play.
  • The bottom left area of the [0070] display 115 includes six simulated dice 541. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 5B, the simulated dice are in the form of a video simulated dice reels. Below the video simulated dice 541 is a touch sensitive spin button 549 that activates a spin (roll) of the simulated dice 541. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 5B, the spin button 549 is in the form of one spin bar common to all simulated dice 541 on the display 115.
  • The upper central area of the [0071] display 115 includes a text message box 545 for informing players of games states, such as number of spins remaining, winning combinations, game over, and for informing players of the amount of payouts. The upper right area of the display 115 includes a message area 547 showing the top score on a multiple-player network that qualifies for a jackpot, as well as the bottom score that so qualifies, so that the player can see scores required to achieve a jackpot, as detailed below with respect to jackpots. Alternatively, the message area 547 may show the position of the current score in the daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly prize jackpot award among multiple player networks for the prevailing scores.
  • In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 5B, a [0072] text message box 545 for informing players of payout amounts, and a text message box 545 for informing players of the number of accumulated credits are located below the message area 547.
  • The bottom right area of the touch-[0073] sensitive display 115 includes a number of touch-sensitive areas which facilitate configuration and control of the game of Z Sixty Six. A touch-sensitive reset button 551 resets the game, and a touch-sensitive start game button 553 starts a game. A touch-sensitive game mode selection button 557 allows a player to switch single and multiple-player game modes. A touch-sensitive save-restore game button 559 allows a player to save or restore a game in progress to or from a card or voucher of machine-readable medium. A touch-sensitive collect button 563 allows a player to collect accumulated winnings. In one embodiment, a touch-sensitive translate button 565 allows a player to select a language to be used for display output. Of course, the various buttons or control inputs, for example 551, 553, 557, and 559 described herein as touch-sensitive areas on the display 115, may also be provided as mechanical electrical input devices, as desired.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates the computer system that facilities game play. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention for playing the game of Check, game play is facilitated by a [0074] computer program 601 executing in the microprocessor-controlled computer 103 within the computer-controlled slot machine 101. In the preferred embodiment of the present invention, the computer program is stored on a read-only memory integrated circuit 603 that is operatively coupled to the microprocessor-controlled computer 103 in the computer-controlled slot machine 101. Of course, in alternative embodiments, the computer program may be stored on various other storage media, such as semiconductor memory or optical or magnetic disk, or the like.
  • The [0075] computer program 601 executes from the random access memory 605 of the microprocessor-controlled computer 103 in the computer-controlled slot machine 101, and includes code 607 and data 609 to facilitate the play of the game of Check in accordance with the game rules, as detailed below with respect to game play.
  • The computer program accepts user input from various [0076] user input devices 611 of the types previously described, including coin acceptor 111, bill validator 113, the touch-sensitive display 115, and the machine-readable medium reading and writing device 129. Other input devices including mechanical button type switches and lever-arm switch actuators may be used in alternative embodiments as desired.
  • The computer program also controls computer operation of the [0077] various output devices 613 such as the display 115, the sound speaker 117, a tower light 119, the meter 121, the coin hopper 123, the ticket printer 125, and the machine-readable medium reading and writing device 129.
  • Preferably, the [0078] computer program 601 also controls communication with the microprocessor-controlled server computer 303 which controls the local area computer network 301. The computer program 601 controls this communication via a network port 615 and network connectivity circuitry 617 contained within the microprocessor-controlled computer 103.
  • The [0079] computer program 601 utilizes a random number generator 619 to produce random numbers that represent the results of the simulated rolling of the simulated dice 541. The computer program 601 utilizes animation circuitry 621 to produce the simulation of dice on the display 115.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart, illustrating play of the game of Check according to one embodiment of the present invention. The object of the game is to ‘spin’ the [0080] simulated dice 541 for scoring combinations, and to get the highest total score accumulated within scoring categories of possible dice combinations. A player begins by inserting 701 one or more coins into the coin acceptor 111, by inserting 701 one or more bills into the bill validator 113, or by utilizing credits. The player then presses 703 the touch-sensitive start game button 553 to begin game play. The player then selects 705 the number of credits to wager on the spin of the simulated dice 541 by utilizing the touch-sensitive wager button 555 which controls the selection of the number of credits to be wagered. The player next spins 707 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549. The computer program 601 utilizes the random number generator 619 to produce random numbers that represent the results of the simulated roll of the simulated dice 541.
  • On each turn, the player may spin [0081] 707 the simulated dice 541 up to three times in order to get the highest scoring combination for one of thirteen scoring categories. The thirteen scoring categories are illustrated by the following Table 1:
    How the Dice Score
    Upper Portion of Scorecard
    One (or Aces) Total of dice showing One only
    Twos (or Deuces) Total of dice showing Two only
    Threes Total of dice showing Three only
    Fours Total of dice showing Four only
    Fives Total of dice showing Five only
    Sixes Total of dice showing Six only
    Bottom Portion of Scorecard
    3-of-a-Kind Total of all five dice
    4-of-a-Kind Total of all five dice
    Full House (3 of one number, 25
    2 of another number
    Four-Dice Straight 30
    Five-Dice Straight 40
    5-of-a-Kind (or a Check) 50
    Chance (any five dice) Total of all five dice
  • After each spin the player may assign [0082] 709 the value of the simulated dice 541 to one of the possible scoring categories by utilizing the dual purpose score areas 503 of the touch-sensitive display 115. If a player does so, the computer under program control senses the touched areas 503 and totals the value of the simulated dice 541 and calculates and displays the resulting score in the dual purpose score area 503 on the touch-sensitive display 115. The total score of the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501 is displayed on the upper portion score total display area 520 on the touch-sensitive display 115. If the total score of the upper portion 505 of the scorecard 501 is 63 or higher, for example, then a bonus of 35 points, for example, is added to the upper portion score. This bonus is displayed on the bonus score display area 519 on the display 115. The total score of the lower portion 521 of the scorecard 501 is displayed on the lower portion score total display area 537 on the display 115. The grand total score is calculated by adding the upper portion and the lower portion scores together. The grand total score is displayed on the grand total score display area 539 on the display 115.
  • Each scoring category can only be scored or selected once during a game. Once a category is used, it cannot be reused until the next game either when the game is over because the [0083] scorecard 501 is complete or the player presses the touch-sensitive reset button 551. Pressing the touch-sensitive reset button 551 clears the entire scorecard 501 in preparation for the start of a new game.
  • Instead, if the player has not yet spun [0084] 707 three times during the present turn, the player may elect not to assign 709 the value of the simulated dice 541, but instead to spin 707 again. If the player elects to spin 707 again, the player may hold 711 one or more of the simulated dice 541 by pressing one or more of the associated hold button(s) 543. The player may also release 711 one or more of any held simulated dice 541 by again pressing the associated hold button(s) 543. The player may also elect not to hold or release 711 any of the simulated dice 541. The player then selects 705 the number of credits to wager on the spin of the simulated dice 541 by utilizing the touch-sensitive wager button 555. The player next spins 707 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549.
  • A turn is over after a player has spun [0085] 707 three times, or has assigned 709 the value of the simulated dice 541 to one of the possible scoring categories by utilizing the dual purpose score areas 503 of the touch-sensitive display 115. After a player has spun 707 three times, the player must assign 709 the value of the simulated dice 541 to one of the possible scoring categories by utilizing the dual purpose score areas 503 of the touch-sensitive display 115. If the score cannot be placed into one of the categories because it does not correspond or qualify, then the player must utilize the dual purpose score areas 503 of the touch-sensitive display to assign 709 a zero to one of the remaining categories.
  • If the player has achieved a scoring combination and assigns [0086] 709 it to one of the scoring categories, the player is paid 713 via the coin hopper 123. Alternatively, the player may elect to receive credits. The computer program 601 calculates payment according to a paytable, which is based upon points scored per turn, and the number of spins needed to achieve the points, as shown, for example, in the following Tables 2 and 3:
    NUMBER OF COINS
    × 3 × 2 × 1
    CATEGORY Spin 1 Spin 2 Spin 3
    ONES TOTAL × 3 TOTAL × 2 TOTAL OF 1's
    TWOS TOTAL × 3 TOTAL × 2 TOTAL OF 2's
    THREES TOTAL × 3 TOTAL × 2 TOTAL OF 3's
    FOURS TOTAL × 3 TOTAL × 2 TOTAL OF 4's
    FIVES TOTAL × 3 TOTAL × 2 TOTAL OF 5's
    SIXES TOTAL × 3 TOTAL × 2 TOTAL OF 6's
    3 of a Kind TOTAL × 3 TOTAL × 2 TOTAL × 1
    4 of a Kind TOTAL × 3 TOTAL × 2 TOTAL × 1
    Full House  75  50  25
    Small Straight  90  60  30
    Large Straight 120  80  40
    Chance TOTAL × 3 TOTAL × 2 TOTAL × 1
    Check 150 100  50
    Check Bonus 1 300 250 100
    Check Bonus 2 300 200 100
    Check Bonus 3 300 200 100
  • [0087]
    SCORECARD BONUSES
    TOP HALF 63+ POINTS  +35 COINS
    ALL CATEGORIES FILLED +100 COINS
    SCORE 250-299 PTS.  +50 COINS
    SCORE 300-349 PTS. +100 COINS
    SCORE 350-399 PTS. +150 COINS
    SCORE 400-449 PTS. +200 COINS
    SCORE 450-499 PTS. +250 COINS
    SCORE 500-549 PTS. +300 COINS
    SCORE 550-599 PTS. +350 COINS
    SCORE 600-644 PTS. +400 COINS
    PERFECT SCORE +6000 COINS 
  • If the player assigns [0088] 709 a zero score to one of the categories, the player is not paid. Alternative embodiments may employ different paytables, as desired.
  • The player may then proceed with the next turn and continue filling the [0089] scorecard 501. To proceed with the next turn, the player utilizes the touch-sensitive wager button 555 to select 705 the number of credits to be wagered on the spin of the simulated dice. The player next spins 707 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549 and plays a turn, as described above. The game ends 715 when the player has filled all thirteen categories with a score or a zero or is out of credits to play the computer-controlled slot machine 101.
  • Once the game has ended, the [0090] computer program 601 evaluates the player's scorecard 501 against other current scores to determine if a progressive jackpot will be awarded on a daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly basis. If the player has a currently qualifying scorecard 501, the computer-controlled slot machine 101 prints 717 a voucher for the player with a control number and other pertinent information for later redemption, if the scorecard 501 is a winner.
  • Utilizing a local [0091] area computer network 301 and a wide area computer network 401, multiple players may play the game of Check against one another instead of “against the house.” Utilizing a local area computer network 301, each participating player deposits money into an individual computer-controlled slot machine 101 for each spin. The player who achieves the highest scorecard 501 of all of the players who are participating in that multiple player game on the local area computer network 301 wins the money deposited by the various participating players (typically, minus a percentage for the house). The same methodology can be utilized across a wide area computer network 401, allowing players at different physical locations to compete against each other in real time.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart, illustrating play of the game of Z Sixty Six according to one embodiment of the present invention. The object of the game is to ‘spin’ the [0092] simulated dice 541 for scoring combinations, and to get the highest total score accumulated within scoring categories of possible dice combinations. A player begins by inserting 801 one or more coins into the coin acceptor 111, by inserting 801 one or more bills into the bill validator 113, or by utilizing credits. The player then presses 803 the touch-sensitive start game button 553 to begin game play. In one embodiment, three credits are automatically wagered 805 on each spin of the simulated dice 541. In another embodiment, the player selects the number of credits to wager on the spin of the simulated dice 541 by utilizing the touch-sensitive wager button 555 which controls the selection of the number of credits to be wagered. The player next spins 807 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549. The computer program 601 utilizes the random number generator 619 to produce random numbers that represent the results of the simulated roll of the simulated dice 541.
  • The player must achieve at least three of a kind on a single spin to begin play of an individual game. Until a spin generates at least three [0093] simulated dice 541 displaying identical numbers, the player must continue spinning 807 to attempt to generate the minimum achievement required for game entry. A wager is required for each spin of the simulated dice 541. Once a spin generates at least three simulated dice 541 displaying identical numbers, those simulated dice 541 are automatically held 811, and a predetermined number of points is automatically assigned 813 to the appropriate scoring area 503. The number of points awarded is displayed in the appropriate score area 503, which preferably changes color to indicate active status. The spin that generated the requisite achievement is counted as the first spin of a turn, and the scoring number becomes a target number for the remainder of the turn. A target number is a number that the player can receive points for generating during a given turn.
  • For example, if a first spin results in four aces (ones), the predetermined number of points for achieving four of a kind on the first spin of a first turn is automatically assigned [0094] 813 to the —scoring area 503 for aces 507. Aces becomes the target number for the remainder of the turn. Thus, on the subsequent spins of the turn, the player will receive additional points only for generating aces.
  • The requirement of generating at least three of a kind applies only to the first turn. A player must achieve three of a kind to enter the game and begin the first turn. Once a player has generated the requisite achievement and entered the game, subsequent turns do not require a minimum achievement to begin. [0095]
  • On each turn, the player may spin [0096] 807 the simulated dice 541 up to three times in order to get the highest scoring combination for one of six scoring categories. The six scoring categories are illustrated by the following Table 4:
    Score Category How the Dice Score
    One (or Aces) Dice showing One only
    Twos (or Deuces) Dice showing Two only
    Threes Dice showing Three only
    Fours Dice showing Four only
    Fives Dice showing Five only
    Sixes Dice showing Six only
  • After the first spin of a turn, the number displayed by the largest plurality of the video simulated [0097] dice 541 automatically becomes the target number for the current turn. The simulated dice 541 of the target number are automatically held 811, and the score area 503 for the target number preferably changes color to indicate that it is the active score area 503 for the turn. If at least three dice 541 displaying the target number have been generated, a predetermined number of points is assigned 813 to the score area 503 for the target number.
  • If the first spin does not result in a largest plurality of [0098] dice 541 displaying any one number, the player selects 809 a target number from amongst those displayed by an equal number of the simulated dice 541. For example, if the first spin results in two aces, two deuces, one four and one five, the player may select 809 acres or deuces as the target number. The selection is made by touching the desired score area 503 of the touch-sensitive display 115. Preferably, the score areas 503 which the player may touch to choose a target number blink or change color or size or otherwise provide visual indication of the choices available.
  • If the player has not yet spun [0099] 807 three times during the present turn, the player may spin 807 again. The player next spins 807 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549. During the second and third spins of a turn, any generated dice 541 displaying the target number are held 811. Preselected numbers of points are assigned 813 to the appropriate scoring area 503 for scoring three, four, five, or six of the target number.
  • After each spin, if the player has achieved a scoring combination, the player is paid [0100] 815 via the coin hopper 123. Alternatively, the player may elect to receive credits. The number of predetermined points awarded for various scoring achievements is displayed in a paytable 545 on the display 115. The paytable 545 is adjusted as the game progress, reflecting predetermined numbers of points to be paid for various achievements at a particular stage of the game. For example, more points are awarded for achieving a six of a kind on a first spin than on a third spin. Amounts to be paid are based upon the odds of achieving various scoring combinations at a given stage of game play, taking into account number of unheld dice to be spun, and numbers removed from possible generation. An example of paytable 545 for a first spin of a game appears below in
    TABLE 5
    NUMBER OF POINTS
    ACHIEVEMENT TO BE PAID
    THREE OF A KIND  3
    FOUR OF A KIND 10
    FIVE OF A KIND 50
    SIX OF A KIND 500 
  • Alternative embodiments may employ [0101] different paytables 545, as desired.
  • A turn ends [0102] 817 after a player has spun 807 three times, or achieved six of the target number prior to the third spin.
  • Each scoring category can only be scored or selected once during a game. Once a category is used, it cannot be reused until the next game either when the game is over because a score has been assigned to each category, or the player presses the touch-[0103] sensitive reset button 551. Pressing the touch-sensitive reset button 551 terminates the current game and starts a new game. Once a scoring category for a given number has been used, that number is replaced for the remainder of the game by a non-numerical symbol, for example the letter “Z” or a graphic symbol of a piece of fruit, or as desired. During subsequent turns, when the random number generator 619 generates the used number, the non-numerical symbol is displayed instead.
  • After completing a turn, the player may then proceed with the next turn and continue filling the [0104] score areas 503. To proceed with the next turn, the player next spins 707 the simulated dice 541 by pressing the touch-sensitive spin button 549 and plays a turn, as described above.
  • The game ends [0105] 819 when the player has filled all six score areas 503 with a score, or is out of credits to play the computer-controlled slot machine 101.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention in which each [0106] score area 503 comprises two distinct display areas. A first display area 901 is utilized to display accumulation of points for the associated scoring category. A second display area 903 identifies the associated scoring category, for example by displaying an identification video simulated dice 905 displaying the number of the scoring category. Additionally, the second display area 903 is used to indicate a current target number for a turn, preferably by changing color to indicate that the number of the associated scoring category is the active target number. Also, the second display area 903 is preferably utilized to choose a target number from amongst those displayed by an equal number of the simulated dice 541 when necessary. The player chooses a target number by touching the second display areas 903 associated with the chosen target number. The second display area 903 which the player may touch to choose a target number blink or change color or size or otherwise provide visual indication of the choices available. Additionally, once a scoring category for a given number has been filled, the indicator for the associated second display area is replaced for the remainder of the game by a non-numerical symbol 907, for example the letter “Z” or a graphic symbol of a piece of fruit, or as desired.
  • In alternative embodiments, display of accumulated points, identification of score category, indication of current target number, indication of available choices of target number, and indication of filled categories (and in other embodiments more or fewer functions as desire) are divided between at least two display areas, in various combinations as desired. [0107]
  • Once the game has ended, the [0108] computer program 601 evaluates the player's score against other current scores to determine if a progressive jackpot will be awarded on a daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly basis. If the player has a currently qualifying score, the computer-controlled slot machine 101 prints 821 a voucher for the player with a control number and other pertinent information for later redemption, if the score is a winner. In various embodiments, jackpots are awarded for achieving high scores, for achieving high scores low scores, or for achieving both high and low scores as desired.
  • Another embodiment of a game of the present invention will be described with reference primarily to FIGS. [0109] 10-11. This game is referred to herein as the game of Z Hot Dice.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a touch sensitive display [0110] 1015 for implementing the game of Z Hot Dice. A scorecard 1001 area is provided in an upper left-hand corner. The scorecard 1001 displays information regarding a particular event, the pay table for that event, prior played events, and win totals for each prior played event and the current event.
  • The [0111] scorecard 1001 includes six columns 1002, the number of columns being the same as the number of sides of dice. During game play, as described below, a target number is associated with one of the columns 1002, the target numbers comprising one of the numbers associated with a side of a dice (i.e. the numbers one through six). At a top of each column 1002 is provided a target number indicator 1003. In one embodiment, before a target number has been selected, this indicator 1003 displays a “Z” or other symbol (or nothing). A central portion 1004 of each column 1002 indicates the payout which will be awarded to a player for receiving a particular combination of the target number(s).
  • In the embodiment illustrated, the [0112] central portion 1004 is arranged to display payouts for receiving 3 of a Kind, 4 of a Kind, 5 of a Kind or Six of a Kind of the target number. A win total 1005 is provided at the bottom of each column 1002 for indicating the total payout or winnings to the player for a particular event. Those of skill in the art will appreciate that other winning combinations maybe provided, such as a full house (i.e. three of the target number along with two of another number).
  • The display [0113] 1015 displays a number of simulated dice 1041, in a similar manner to that described above. Below each simulated dice area 1041 is a hold button 1043. Each button 1043 is associated with one of the simulated dice 1041 and, as described in more detail below, arranged to permit a player to “hold” the a particular simulated dice 1041 in a fixed position.
  • A number of other display areas are provided for displaying game information. For example, a [0114] message area 1047 is provided for displaying the amount of winnings in a jackpot pool. A grand total area 1039 is provided for indicating to the player their total score for the win totals 1005 of all columns 1002. In addition, a qualify score 1040 is displayed so that the player may determine if his or her grant total is sufficiently high to qualify for a bonus or jackpot (as described below).
  • A [0115] new game button 1051 is provided for permitting a player to begin a new game. As described in more detail below, once a player has placed a wager, a text messages area 1045 displays winnings paid or other information for a player. The player may bet or wager credits in single increments with a “Bet 1” button 1055, or may bet or wager a maximum allowed number of credits using a “Bet Max” button 1056. A credits area 1046 displays the credits belonging to the player.
  • A [0116] spin button 1049 is provided for permitting a player to effectuate a spin of the simulated dice 1041. A pause game button 1059 is provided for permitting a player to pause a game in progress. A player may elect to cash out by pressing a collect button 1063.
  • As described in more detail below, while in one arrangement the user interface or screen comprises a touch screen arranged to display information to a player and receive input therefrom, the user interface may comprise a combination of electrical and mechanical devices. For example, one or more of the buttons may comprise electromechanical buttons which may be depressed by a player. Those of skill in the art will appreciate that many players like the “tactile” feel of buttons as compared to touch screen input. Further, while the display areas are discussed separately, they may be integrated or be arranged in a number of ways other than as shown. [0117]
  • A method of play of the game of Z Hot Dice will be described with reference to FIG. 11. In a [0118] first step 1120, a player inserts a number of coins or provides other consideration for playing the game. The consideration may be dollar bills, credits from a player card or the like.
  • In a [0119] step 1122, the player presses the new game button 1051 to initiate anew game. In one or more embodiments, the gaming apparatus is configured such that if the player presses the new game at any time during the pendency of a game, the player is prompted to press the new game button again if the player actually intends to start a new game. This serves to reduce the likelihood that the player may accidentally or unintentionally press the new game button 1051 and cause a new game to begin. The prompt message may be illuminated in the text message box 1045.
  • In a [0120] step 1124, the player places a wager or bet. In one embodiment, this step comprises the player pressing the “Bet 1” button 1055 or the “Bet Max” button 1056. In one embodiment, a player is permitted to bet between one and five credits. Each credit may comprise any of a number of values, such as $0.05 U.S., $0.10 U.S., $0.25 U.S. or the like. The player may utilize the “Bet 1” button 1055 to place wagers incrementally, or press the “Bet Max” button 1056 to place a maximum bet. The payouts displayed on the central portions 1004 of the columns 1002 may be updated, as necessary, to reflect an increased payout for achieving a predetermined winning combination when the player increases the amount wagered.
  • In a [0121] step 1126 the player presses the spin button 1049. Upon depressing the spin button 1049, the simulated dice 1041 spin or move (such as in a motion simulating a “reel” displaying die faces), and then stop, as described above to simulate the random roll of dice.
  • At this point, six [0122] simulated die 1041 are displayed to the player, each dice 1041 displaying one face, and thus one number, towards the player. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 10, the simulated die 1041 display a five, a one, a six, a two, another two, and another five.
  • In a [0123] step 1128, the player is then permitted to “hold” the dice which that player wishes to play. The held dice identify a selected target number, the target number being that number shown on the face of the held dice. For example, in the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 10, the player may elect to hold the simulated die 1041 displaying fives. In such event, the player presses the right-most and left-most buttons 1043, and the target number then comprises five.
  • In a [0124] step 1130, when the player makes a selection, the target number is displayed in the first available column 1002 of the scorecard 1001. In one embodiment, the first available column comprises the left-most column 1002 which has not been utilized during the game. Preferably, the target number is illustrated by replacing the “Z” or other symbol in the indicator 1003 with a dice displaying the target number. In the example given above, a dice displaying a five would be displayed in the left-most column 1002.
  • In one or more embodiments, a player is not permitted to select as a target number a number which has already been played in a particular game. If the player attempts to do so, a message may be displayed in the [0125] text message box 1045 to the effect that the selected number has already been played and the player must either select a new target number or spin again. Another spin may be required where the first spin does not result in the display of any available target numbers (as described below, after a target number has been played, it is preferably removed from the simulated die 1041 and will not be re-displayed). In addition, if the player selects more than one number (such as a simulated dice 1041 displaying a five and another displaying a two) the player be instructed that the action is not permitted and the player must select only one target number.
  • Preferably, when a number is selected, the [0126] particular column 1002 is highlighted, such as in brightness or a different color, to aid the user in identifying which information is pertinent to the present round of the game.
  • In one or more embodiments, the particular payout is dependent upon the player's wager, with the payout increasing with an increasing wager. Set forth below are possible paytables for wagers of one, two, three, four and five coins or bet increments for each target number. As will be appreciated, the payout increases as the number of target numbers played increases (for reasons described below). Of course, a variety of payouts may be different than those illustrated. [0127]
  • For one 1 bet: [0128]
    First Second Third Fourth Fifth Sixth
    Target Target Target Target Target Target
    Number Number Number Number Number Number
    3 of a Kind 1 2 3 4 5 6
    4 of a kind 3 4 5 8 11 33
    5 of a Kind 30 40 50 80 110 330
    6 of a Kind 300 400 500 800 1100 3300
  • For 2 coins bet: [0129]
    First Second Third Fourth Fifth Sixth
    Target Target Target Target Target Target
    Number Number Number Number Number Number
    3 of a Kind 2 4 6 8 10 12
    4 of a Kind 6 8 10 16 22 66
    5 of a Kind 60 80 100 160 220 660
    6 of a Kind 600 800 1000 1600 2200 6600
  • For 3 coins bet: [0130]
    First Second Third Fourth Fifth Sixth
    Target Target Target Target Target Target
    Number Number Number Number Number Number
    3 of a Kind 3 6 9 12 15 18
    4 of a Kind 9 12 15 24 33 99
    5 of a Kind 90 120 150 240 330 990
    6 of a Kind 900 1200 1500 2400 3300 9900
  • For 4 coins bet: [0131]
    First Second Third Fourth Fifth Sixth
    Target Target Target Target Target Target
    Number Number Number Number Number Number
    3 of a Kind 4 8 12 16 20 24
    4 of a Kind 12 16 20 32 44 132
    5 of a Kind 120 160 200 320 440 1320
    6 of a Kind 1200 1600 2000 3200 4400 13200
  • For 5 coins bet: [0132]
    First Second Third Fourth Fifth Sixth
    Target Target Target Target Target Target
    Number Number Number Number Number Number
    3 of a Kind 1 10 15 20 25 30
    4 of a Kind 15 20 25 40 55 165
    5 of a Kind 150 200 250 400 550 1650
    6 of a Kind 1500 2000 2500 4000 5500 16500
  • If after the first spin and hold, the player has a winning combination of [0133] simulated dice 1041, then the win total is indicated in the win total area 1005 of the scorecard 1001, and the text message box 1045 may indicate the winnings. For example, in the event upon the first spin of the game the spin results in four simulated dice 1041 showing a five, then the player may hold these four simulated dice for a “4 of a Kind” of a target number of fives. The payout for this combination may then be indicated in the win total area for the first column 1002, and the text message box 1045 indicate the winnings to be paid.
  • In one embodiment, payouts for combinations of target numbers which are eliminated may be removed from the [0134] scorecard 1001. For example, in the above-referenced example, the payout for a 3 of a Kind may be removed from the first column 1002, since the player has already received at least a 4 of a Kind. In addition, the payout which the player has already received upon the first spin for that target number may be highlighted to bring to the attention of the player that he or she has already won. This highlighting may be by displaying the payout in a distinguishing color or brightness or other means available. The word “paid” may be indicated in the particular area of the scorecard 1001 as well.
  • In accordance with the present invention, in a [0135] step 1132, after holding one or more of the simulated dice 1041, or after an indication that no dice can be held, then the player presses the spin button 1049 again. All of the simulated dice 1041 which were not held spin and then stop, again displaying a number.
  • In a [0136] step 1134, the total number of simulated dice 1041 displaying the target number after the second spin are then counted for determining whether a payout is to be awarded. A win total is displayed in the win total area 1005 of the particular column. This win total may be 0, in the event the player did not receive a sufficiently high number of simulated dice 1041 displaying the target number (for example, a player may elect to hold two dice showing the target number after the first spin and not receive any additional dice showing the target number after the second spin, thus not receiving a minimum three of the target number for an award). The payout for that “round” may then be updated in the text message box 1045.
  • In a [0137] step 1136, the win totals from all win total areas 1005 are summed and displayed as a total score in the total score area 1039. Preferably, a qualifying score for a jackpot bonus is displayed in the qualifying score area 1040, again which the player may compare their score.
  • In a [0138] step 1138 it is determined if the player wishes to cash out. This is indicated by a player pressing the collect button 963. In such event, any accumulated winnings and credits are paid to the player. In that event, the game ends.
  • In a [0139] step 1140, it is determined if the player wishes to pause the game. If the player wishes to pause the game, the player pushes the pause game button 1059. A process is then initiated by which the player may leave the game and being play at a later time and even at different gaming machine, as described in more detail below.
  • If the player wishes to continue the game, it is determined in a [0140] step 1142 if all of the columns 1002 of the scorecard 1001 are filled. If so, then the player has completed the game. In a step 1146, the player's total score is compared to the qualifying score to determine if the player qualifies for participation in the jackpot. If the player qualifies, then in a step 1148, the player is provided with a voucher or the like, in similar manner to that described above with respect to the game of Z Sixty Six.
  • In a [0141] step 1144, after a particular target number has been played in a round, that target number is replaced on each simulated dice 1041 with another symbol or is removed. As described above, this may be a symbol, such as a “Z,” or a picture of a fruit or the like. In one embodiment, it is preferred that the replacement symbols be different so that at no time can a player receive a sequence of the same symbols during a spin. Such may be confusing to a player and lead a player into believing that they have spun into a winning combination. For example, the replacement symbols may comprise an X on the first simulated dice 1041, an O on the second simulated dice 1041, an X on the third simulated dice 1041 and so on, so that if a player spins and the simulated dice stop on the replacement symbols, they display XOXOX. In a preferred embodiment, the side of the dice is effectively made blank or the symbol removed from preventing its further display.
  • In another embodiment, the replacement symbols may actually be arranged so that a player may spin into a new bonus combination for which a payout is awarded. For example, each number or dice face may be replaced with a $ symbol, such that during later play if the player receives a display of all of these symbols after a spin, the player is awarded a special prize or payout. [0142]
  • If all of the [0143] columns 1002 of the scorecard 1001 are not filled, the player may, repeating again to step 1124, place a bet or wager. The player may be provided with an indication in the text message box 945 after a given round that they may place a bet to continue with the game.
  • The game then continues as described above. It will be appreciated that after a first target number has been played, a spin of the [0144] simulated dice 1041 may result in a display of all of the remaining numbers and/or the symbols used to replace the already played target number. As the number of played numbers increases, the probability of receiving a target number decreases. For this reason, as detailed above, the payout for receiving a winning combination of each target number increases as the game progresses.
  • The player may continue playing until each of the target numbers one through six, have been played (in any order). At such time, the total score for the player is compared to the qualifying score to determine if the player is entitled to participate in a jackpot or additional play. Regardless of the outcome, the player must then begin a new game to continue play. [0145]
  • Another embodiment of a game of the present invention will be described with reference primarily to FIGS. [0146] 12-13. This game is referred to herein as the game of Z Jackpot Dice.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an [0147] interface 1215 for implementing the game of Z Jackpot Dice. A scorecard 1201 area is provided in an upper left-hand corner. The scorecard 1201 displays information regarding a particular play event, the pay table for that event, prior played events, and win totals for each prior played event and the current event.
  • The [0148] scorecard 1201 is similar to that of the previous embodiment in many respects, and includes six columns 1202, one for each of the six sides of a dice and the numbers associated therewith. At a top of each column 1202 is provided a target number indicator 1203. In one embodiment, before a target number has been selected, this indicator 1203 comprises a blank dice, A central portion 1204 of each column 1202 indicates the payout for a particular combinations of the target number and/or other numbers. As illustrated, the central portion 1204 is arranged to display payouts for receiving 3 of a Kind, 4 of a Kind, and 5 of a Kind of the target number, as well as a full house, a full house comprising three of the target number and a pair of another number. Preferably, the payouts for all combinations are illustrated in the central portion 1204, regardless of whether a particular column 1202 is active (as described below). However, it is desired that the payout information for the non-active column to be displayed less brightly or less visibly than the information provided in the active column. In this manner, a player is provided with information regarding the possible payouts for receiving combinations in any particular column, but the player's attention is directed to the active column 1202 so as to avoid the player being confused as to which column 1202 is being played.
  • A [0149] bonus value 1206 is provided in the column 1202. The bonus value 1206 comprises a payout value which the player may win in a manner described in more detail below. In a preferred embodiment, the bonus value 1206 comprises a sum which is related to the amount of wagers placed by players when playing the game, such as a percentage of the wagers or retained winnings by the game provider/house.
  • A [0150] win total 1205 is provided at the bottom of each column 1202 for indicating the total payout or winnings to the player for a particular event.
  • The [0151] interface 1215 also includes a number of reels 1241. In the preferred embodiment of this game, five reels 1241 are provided. In a preferred embodiment, each reel 1241 is capable of displaying one of nine symbols: one symbol each comprising a side of a dice, and three symbols comprising a letter in three different colors. Thus, each reel 1241 is capable of displaying dice sides having a one, two, three, four, five and six thereon. The first reel is preferably arranged to display the letter “B” in the colors of red, white and blue. The second reel is preferably arranged to display the letter “O” in the colors of red, white and blue. The third reel is preferably arranged to display the letter “N” in the colors of red, white and blue. The fourth reel is preferably arranged to display the letter “U” in the colors of red, white and blue. The fifth reel is preferably arranged to display the letter “S” in the colors of red, white and blue.
  • It will be appreciated that the reels [0152] 1241 may comprise a displayed image on a video display. In one or more other embodiments, the reels 1241 may comprise mechanical reels having one or more of the images printed thereon and/or capable of being displayed thereon. In general, each reel 1241 is arranged to simulate a throw or spin of an imaginary nine-side dice having sides displaying the above-described numbers and symbols. Thus, as one aspect of the invention, dice or similar physical items are represented either graphically or on a physical reel.
  • Below each reel [0153] 1241 is a hold button 1243. Each button 1243 is associated with one of the reels 1241 and, as described in more detail below, arranged to permit a player to “hold” the position of a particular reel 1241 in a fixed position.
  • A number display areas are provided for displaying related game information. For example, a [0154] message area 1247 is provided for displaying the amount of winnings in a jackpot pool. A grand total area 1239 is provided for indicating to the player the total score of the win totals 1205 of all columns 1202. In addition, a qualify score 1240 is displayed so that the player may determined if his or her grant total is sufficiently high to qualify for a bonus or jackpot (as described below).
  • A new game button [0155] 1251 is provided for permitting a player to begin a new game. As described in more detail below, once a player has placed a wager, a text messages area 1245 may be used to display information, such as game play information. The game play information may be accessible by pressing an information button 1270.
  • Display areas are provided for displaying winner paid [0156] information 1271, bet information 1272, and credit information 1273. The player may bet or wager credits in single increments with a “Bet 1” button 1255, or may bet or wager a maximum allowed number of credits using a “Bet Max” button 1256.
  • A [0157] spin button 1249 is provided for permitting a player to effectuate a spin of the simulated dice 1241. A player may elect to cash out by pressing a cash out button 1263.
  • As illustrated, a [0158] coin acceptor 1213 and bill acceptor 1214 are provided for accepting wagers by a player. A player card reader 1275 is provided for reading a player card. The player card 1275 may contain credits which can be used to place bets, may contain player information for reading by the machine, and may store game information, such as a qualifying score, as described in more detail below. A ticket dispenser 1276 is provided for dispensing tickets. As described in detail below, the ticket information may comprise game information, such an in-progress or completed game information.
  • A method of play of the game of Z Jackpot Dice will be described with reference to FIG. 13. In a [0159] first step 1320, a player inserts a number of coins (as by coin acceptor 1213), bills (as by bill acceptor 1214) or provides other consideration for playing the game. Consideration may also comprise credits from a player card or the like.
  • In a [0160] step 1322, the player places a wager or bet. In one embodiment, this step comprises the player pressing the “Bet 1” button 1255 or the “Bet Max” button 1256. In one embodiment, a player is permitted to bet between one and five credits. Each credit may comprise any of a number of values, such as $0.05 U.S., $0.10 U.S., $0.25 U.S. or the like. The player may utilize the “Bet 1” button 1255 to place wagers incrementally, or press the “Bet Max” button 1256 to place a maximum bet.
  • In a [0161] step 1324 the player presses the spin button 1249. Upon depressing the spin button 1049, the reels 1241 spin or move (either by mechanical rotation or by computer generated graphics) and then stop. At this point, one symbol is displayed in association with each reel 1241. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 12, the symbols six, white O, blue N, one and red S are displayed.
  • In a [0162] step 1326, it is determined if the player placed the maximum bet. If so, then in step 1328 it is determined if the player has received a specific combination of displayed symbols on the reels 1241. In one or more embodiments, a player is declared a winner if the player receives the symbols spelling BONUS. In one embodiment, if the player receives the symbols spelling BONUS in mixed colors, then the player is awarded the bonus amount in the display 1206 for the present column. If the player receives the symbols spelling BONUS in the same colors (i.e. all red, white or blue) then the player is awarded the bonus amount in the display 1206 for all columns 1202.
  • In one or more embodiments, a player is declared a winner if the player receives the same number on each of the reels [0163] 1241 (i.e. all ones, twos), and that number has not already been played. In a preferred embodiment, when the player receives the same number on each of the reels 1241, then the player is awarded the payout for 5 of a Kind as well as the bonus amount.
  • If the player is a winner, then in [0164] step 1329, the total of any winnings is displayed in the total 1205 portion of the column being played. In the preferred embodiment, the column being played is the left-most column 1202 which has yet to be played. The totals of all column 1202 totals are displayed in the total score area 1239.
  • As an example, if a player receives BONUS spelled in other than symbols of a single color, then the player receives the [0165] bonus amount 1206 for that column. That amount is then placed into the total portion 1205 of that column and then indicated in the total score area 1239 along with any other previous total amounts. If a player receives BONUS spelled in a single color, then the player receives the bonus amount 1206 for each and every column. In such event, the totals 1205 for each column 1202 are updated to reflect this winning, as is the player's total score. If a player receives a 5 of a Kind of a new target number, then the player is awarded the payout for a 5 of a Kind and the bonus amount, and the first open column 1202 is highlighted and the target number displayed thereabove.
  • In a [0166] step 1330, once the player has been declared a winner, it is determined if the player received a win by a 5 of a Kind or receiving the BONUS symbols. If the player received a 5 of a Kind win, then in step 1332, it is determined if the player wishes to cash out (as via a step 1348 as described below). If the player won by receiving the BONUS symbols, then the player is entitled to respin again in an attempt to obtain a combination of target numbers, as in step 1224. Of course, if the player again receives a win on the first spin, the process repeats. If the player received the same number on each of the reels, i.e. a 5 of a Kind, then the play for that particular target number is completed and the player moves to the next round. In one or more embodiments, the player may be required to place another bet in order to spin again after having received a win by hitting the BONUS win.
  • If in [0167] step 1326 it is determined that the player did not place a maximum bet, then in step 1334 it is determined if the player received a 5 of a Kind of a new target number. If so, then in step 1336, the player is awarded the payout for that combination, and the award is displayed in the appropriate column. It is next determined if the player wishes to cash out in step 1348.
  • If in [0168] steps 1326 and 1334 it is determined that the player did not receive a BONUS win or a 5 of a Kind, then instep 1338, the player is permitted to “hold” any of the reels 1241 which display a number. When the player holds a particular number, that that number becomes the target number. For example, referring to FIG. 12, the player may wish to hold the six displayed in the first column 1202.
  • In a [0169] step 1240, when the player makes a hold selection, the target number is displayed in the first available column 1202 of the scorecard 1201. In one embodiment, the first available column comprises the left-most column 1202 which has not been utilized during the game. Preferably, the target number is illustrated by illustrating the target number on the dice at the top of the column. In the example given above, a dice displaying a six would be displayed in the left-most column 1002.
  • In one or more embodiments, a player is not permitted to select as a target number a number which has already been played in a particular game. If the player attempts to do so, a message may be displayed in the [0170] text message box 1245 to the effect that the selected number has already been played and the player must either select a new target number or spin again. Another spin may be required where the first spin results in only numbers which have already been utilized. In addition, if the player selects more than one number (such as a simulated dice 1241 displaying a five and another displaying a two) the player be instructed that the action is not permitted and the player must select only one target number. Also, a player is not permitted to hold any of the non-numeric symbols, such as B, O, N, U or S.
  • Preferably, when a number is selected, the [0171] particular column 1202 is highlighted, such as in brightness or a different color, to aid the user in identifying which information is pertinent to the present round of the game. In addition, once a particular target number is selected, the payouts are highlighted in the central payout portion 1204 of the scorecard 1201.
  • In one or more embodiments, the particular payout is dependent upon the player's wager, with the payout increasing with an increasing wager. These payouts may be similar to those described and illustrated above. [0172]
  • In one embodiment, payouts for combinations of target numbers which are eliminated may be removed from the [0173] scorecard 1201. For example, the payout for a 3 of a Kind may be removed from the column 1202 being played when the player has already received at least a 4 of a Kind. In addition, the payout which the player has already received upon the first spin for that target number may be highlighted to bring to the attention of the player that he or she has already won. This highlighting may be by displaying the payout in a distinguishing color or brightness or other means available. The word “paid” may be indicated in the particular area of the scorecard 1201 as well.
  • In accordance with the present invention, in a [0174] step 1342, after holding one or more of the reels 1041, or after an indication that no reels 1241 can be held, then the player presses the spin button 1249 again. All of the reels 1241 which were not held spin and then stop, again displaying a number.
  • In a [0175] step 1344, it is determined if the player has received any predetermined winning combinations. If the player did not hold any of the reels 1241, it is possible that on the second spin the player received the symbols spelling BONUS. Preferably, the player is awarded a win as described above for spelling BONUS, if the player has placed the maximum bet. In any event, if the player spells BONUS, that player is entitled to an extra spin in order to permit the player to receive the maximum number of the target numbers.
  • It is also determined if the player has received a combination of the target number which qualifies as a win. In the embodiment illustrated, the player is a winner if he or she receives at least three of the target number, such as 3 of a Kind, 4 of a Kind or 5 of a Kind of the target number, or if the player receives a full house (i.e. 3 of a Kind of the target number plus a pair of another number). [0176]
  • A win total is displayed in the win [0177] total area 1205 of the particular column. This win total may be 0, in the event the player did not receive a winning combination (for example, a player may elect to hold two dice showing the target number after the first spin and not receive any additional dice showing the target number after the second spin, thus not receiving a minimum three of the target number for an award). The total payout to the player may be updated in the winner paid display area 1271.
  • In a [0178] step 1346, the win totals from all win total areas 1205 are displayed, then summed and displayed as a total score in the total score area 1239. Preferably, a qualifying score for a jackpot bonus is displayed in the qualifying score area 1240, again which the player may compare their score.
  • In a [0179] step 1348 it is determined if the player wishes to cash out. This is indicated by a player pressing the collect button 1263. In such event, any accumulated winnings and credits are paid to the player. In that event, the game ends.
  • If the player wishes to continue the game, it is determined in a [0180] step 1332 if all of the columns 1202 of the scorecard 1201 are filled (i.e. all of the target numbers have been played). If so, then the player has completed the game. In a step 1350, the player's total score is then compared to the qualifying score to determine if the player qualifies for participation in the jackpot. If the player qualifies, then in a step 1248, the player is provided with a voucher or the like, in similar manner to that described above. This voucher may be dispensed by the jackpot ticket dispenser 1276.
  • If all of the [0181] columns 1202 of the scorecard 1201 are not filled, the player may, repeating again to step 1224, place a bet or wager. The player may be provided with an indication in the text message box 1245 after a given round that they may place a bet to continue with the game.
  • In a preferred embodiment, after a particular target number has been played in a round, that target number is removed from each reel [0182] 1241. Preferably, the space for the removed target number is made blank. In other embodiments, as described above, the symbol may be replaced.
  • Further, upon the beginning of the next round, the [0183] column 1202 for the last target number is darkened or the like so that the player's attention is directed to the now active column 1202. It is preferred, however, that any winning amounts to the player still be displayed in the prior columns 1202 for identification by the player. In addition, it is preferred that the bonus amount for each played column be removed so as to not confuse the player. In such event, the bonus amount for each previously played column is placed in a bonus pool for award to the player in the event the player receives a combination of the letters BONUS in all of the same color.
  • The game then continues as described above. It will be appreciated that after a first target number has been played, a spin of the reels [0184] 1241 may result in a display of all of the remaining numbers and/or the symbols used to replace the already played target number. As the number of played numbers increases, the probability of receiving a target number decreases. For this reason, as detailed above, the payout for receiving a winning combination of each target number increases as the game progresses.
  • It will be appreciated that the particular symbols which are utilized in the game of Z Jackpot Dice may vary. For example, the non-numeric symbols need not comprise the letters B, O, N, U and S, and do not need to comprise one of each in three different colors. For example, the non-numeric symbols might comprise pictures of fruit or other items. Differing combinations of the non-numeric symbols may be achieved through color, size or other designation. In addition, a greater or lesser number of non-numeric symbols may be provided with each reel. For example, there may be only two, or as many as four or more of each of the letters, each in different colors. [0185]
  • It will also be appreciated that in one or more embodiments, player may be permitted to hold one of the non-numeric symbols, i.e. B, O, N, U, and/or S, in an attempt to gain a winning combination of such symbols on a second spin or play. [0186]
  • While a specific order of events has been described for the play of Z Jackpot Dice, the order of events and activities may be varied from that above. For example, the times at which columns are highlighted, played numbers are indicated at the top of the columns and the like may vary from that described above. In this regard, the above-description is simply exemplary of an implementation of the concepts of the Z Jackpot Dice game. [0187]
  • Utilizing a local [0188] area computer network 301 and a wide area computer network 401, multiple players may play the game Z Sixty Six, Z Hot Dice or Z Jackpot Dice against one another instead of “against the house.” Utilizing a local area computer network 301, each participating player deposits money into an individual computer-controlled slot machine 101 for each spin. The player who achieves the highest game score of all of the players who are participating in that multiple player game on the local area computer network 301 wins the money deposited by the various participating players (typically, minus a percentage for the house). The same methodology can be utilized across a wide area computer network 401, allowing players at different physical locations to compete against each other in real time.
  • As described above, in any of the games of the invention, including Check, Z Sixty Six, Z Hot Dice and Z Jackpot Dice, a player may attempt to obtain a high total score for qualifying for a jackpot. In one or more embodiments, the jackpot comprises a percentage of the monies wagered by the players of the game(s). In this manner, the jackpot continues to increase over time with play, and over time, may comprise multi-million dollars in size. The jackpot may comprise monies belonging to the establishment offering the game, and may comprise other than cash prizes. [0189]
  • In one or more embodiments, jackpot prizes are awarded at various intervals. The interval may be daily, weekly, monthly, yearly, or the like. The intervals may vary or be evenly spaced. [0190]
  • In a preferred embodiment, jackpot prizes are awarded to one or more players who have achieved a high score playing the game. In one embodiment, a set number of players, such as twenty, who have achieved the highest scores playing the game during a jackpot interval may participate in the jackpot. For example, the jackpot may be awarded on the 1[0191] st of each month, with the players who have achieved the twenty highest scores during the previous month participating in the jackpot. Of course, a gaming establishment may determine the total number of participants.
  • The participation by the players in the jackpot may be even (i.e. divide the jackpot by the number of participating players) or may be on a sliding or other scale where the higher the player's ranking, the greater that player's participation in the jackpot. The jackpot may also be a fixed amount for each player, or be fixed based on their ranking. [0192]
  • Of course, the manner by which a player is determined to be entitled to participate in the jackpot may vary. For example, players having the lowest scores may be entitled to participate. [0193]
  • Those of skill in the art will appreciate the enticement of such a jackpot award system to a player. In this arrangement, a player need not receive any specific predetermined winning combination or point total. Instead, a player need only achieve a sufficiently high score to be included in the jackpot award. The high score is not fixed, but is dependent upon the scores of other players. Thus, during any particular jackpot interval, the score which a player needs to achieve to participate in the jackpot may vary. [0194]
  • A player may track whether or not they are in the running to win the jackpot during a given payout interval. The player may compare their score(s) against the minimum qualifying score at any time to determine if they are still entitled to participate in the jackpot. A player may determine that their score is no longer high enough to qualify for jackpot participation (such as by reason of a number of later players receiving higher scores and displacing the player from the top twenty highest scores). In such event, a player may play one or more games before the award of the next jackpot in an attempt to re-qualify. [0195]
  • In one or more embodiments, the jackpot qualifying scores may be published, such as on the Internet, permitting a player to conveniently track their participation. In addition, the list of winners of a particular jackpot may be published. The winners may be listed by winning number, which number is printed on the player's voucher. The player may then redeem the voucher for their jackpot award at a gaming establishment or other location. [0196]
  • Alternatively, achieving a predetermined score may be utilized for awarding a predetermined jackpot. For instance, if a player achieves a perfect score, meaning the theoretically highest score for each category, then a jackpot may be awarded for such achievement. [0197]
  • In one or more embodiments of the invention, a number of different jackpot prizes may be provided, the prizes associated with different intervals. For example, a first jackpot prize may be associated with a weekly interval, and another jackpot prize associated with a monthly interval. In one embodiment, jackpot prizes associated with longer intervals may be larger than those which are associated with shorter intervals. [0198]
  • In this embodiment, a player may be permitted to select which jackpot prize they wish to play for. For example, a player may begin a game and be permitted to select the desired jackpot to play for. A player may select the “weekly” jackpot. The player's game result is then used in determining whether the player is entitled to the weekly jackpot at the time the jackpot is awarded. In such an embodiment, the player's game result or score is not associated with participation in other jackpots, such as the monthly jackpot. [0199]
  • In another embodiment, a player may be permitted to attempt to win more than one jackpot. For example, for an additional bet, a player may be permitted to participate in one additional jackpot. For yet another additional bet, a player may be permitted to participate in another additional jackpot. By way of example, upon a player placing two additional bets, a player may attempt to win both the weekly and monthly jackpot using the score or result of their game. [0200]
  • In another embodiment, a jackpot or prize may be awarded for game outcomes (such as highest score) of a group or number of games. For example, a jackpot or prize may be awarded to the player receiving the highest score while playing a game of a group or set of 100 games played. In one embodiment, each gaming machine may be arranged to provide such a jackpot or prize for each set or group of games played. [0201]
  • It will be appreciated that the predetermined winning combinations and their payouts may vary from those described and illustrated herein. For example, instead of attempting to achieve a five of a kind of a given number, a player may be directed to achieve a full house, a straight or other combinations. In one or more embodiments, especially when bonuses or jackpots are not awarded, winning combinations may include the more commonly obtained 2 pair or even a single pair. It will be appreciated that when a portion of the wager is diverted to the generation of bonus and jackpot payouts, paying on such commonly occurring combinations is less desirable, as the hold for the game may be minimal or non-existent to the house. [0202]
  • In one or more embodiments of a game in accordance with the invention, bonus points or awards may be provided when a player receives particular indicia combinations. In one embodiment, a player may be awarded a bonus, such as bonus points, for completing a particular scoring category on a first spin or roll of the dice. For example, in the event the player receives five “4's” on first roll of the dice, thus filling the category for “4's” then the player may be awarded bonus points in addition to the points awarded for the total of “4's.” Referring to FIG. 5([0203] a), the player may be awarded 20 points for the five “4's” plus a bonus of 300 points for completing the “4's” category on the first spin.
  • In one embodiment, a bonus or bonus points may be awarded for receiving a combination or completing a category on other than the first spin or roll. For example, a first bonus may be awarded for receiving a combination or completing a category on the first roll, a second bonus for doing so on the second roll, and a third bonus for doing so on the third roll. If upon the third roll the player did not complete the category, then no bonus may be awarded. For example, if after the third roll the player received only three “4's,” the player may be awarded only the 12 points for the “4's.” In one embodiment, the bonus associated with receiving a combination or completing a category may decrease for each additional spin necessary. [0204]
  • In addition, the total number of reels or simulated dice may be varied. In the examples illustrated, 5 or 6 of such simulated dice or reels are illustrated and described. However, the games may be played with a lesser number or greater number (i.e. such combination as 7 of a Kind being obtainable, or a maximum of 4 of a Kind). Those of skill in the art will appreciate that as the total number of available combinations changes, the payouts may need to be changed in order to both entice a player into playing and yet prevent the house from risking loss. [0205]
  • In the above-described games, a player may preferably save a game in progress by pressing the touch-sensitive save-restore [0206] game button 559/pause game button 1059. The computer program 601 then utilizes the machine-readable medium reading and writing device 129 to write the present scores and game states to a card, voucher (such as a printed ticket or token) or other medium which the player can take with them. The player may later resume the saved game by inserting such card or voucher of machine-readable medium into the reading and writing device 129 of any computer-controlled slot machine 101. The saved game information is then read from the card or voucher to initialize the conditions and states of the computer-controlled slot machine 101. In various embodiments, a magnetic or optical or semiconductor medium may be used as desired to store and transfer scores and game states and other pertinent data on such card or voucher produced by the video slot machine 101. In one or more embodiments, when the player elects to pause or save a game in progress, game state information is generated. This information may be stored to the medium which is provided to the player, or may be stored remotely, such as at a central server associated with the games when they are linked. In such event, a code or other information need only be stored or associated with the medium provided to the player. When the code is read or inputted into a game at a later time, the code may cause the game to access the game state information stored separately from the medium. In this manner, a player may be permitted to cease playing a game at a first time and pickup that same game at a later time, and even at a different gaming station offering the game. It will be appreciated that such a similar function may be applied to the game of Z Jackpot Dice or even games other than those described herein, such as those games now known or later invented. Further, it should be noted that the games may be arranged so that a player may engage the pause function, as well as the cash-out and other features of the games, at times other than those specifically described above. For example, a player may be permitted to pause a game at any point, and not specifically only after the completion of a given round of play.
  • Another embodiment of a game of the present invention will be described with reference primarily to FIGS. [0207] 14-16. This game is referred to herein as the game of Draw Dice.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a touch [0208] sensitive display 1415 for implementing the game of Draw Dice. A payout table 1401 is provided in an upper left-hand corner. The payout table 1401 displays information regarding a particular winning combination and the payout for the combination.
  • The payout table [0209] 1401 includes six columns 1402. In a first column are listed a variety of particular combinations of indicia which may be obtained by play of the game described in more detail below. At a top of the remaining columns 1402 is a bet indicator 1403. Below each bet indicator 1403 is a payout amount which indicates the payout which will be awarded to a player for receiving a particular winning combination.
  • In the embodiment illustrated, the payout table [0210] 1401 displays payouts for receiving two pairs of 4's, 5's or 6's, 2 pair, 3 of a Kind, a Straight, a Flush, a Full House, a 4 of a Kind, a 5 of a Kind, a Royal Flush or a Perfect Royal. The significance of these combinations will be described below. Those of skill in the art will appreciate that other winning combinations may be provided, dependent upon the type of game which is implemented.
  • The [0211] display 1415 displays a plurality of indicia. In a preferred embodiment, the indicia include a number of simulated dice 1441 (or at least one face or side of a dice), in a similar manner to that described above. Below each simulated dice area 1441 is a hold button 1443. Each button 1443 is associated with one of the simulated dice 1441 and, as described in more detail below, arranged to permit a player to “hold” the a particular simulated dice 1441 in a fixed position.
  • A number of other display areas are provided for displaying game information. For example, a [0212] jackpot bonus value 1039 is displayed
  • In order to play the game, the player is preferably required to place a wager, such as by providing coins, dollar bills or other credit. The player may bet or wager credits in single increments with a “[0213] Bet 1” button 1455, or may bet or wager a maximum allowed number of credits using a “Bet Max” button 1456. A credits area 1446 displays the credits belonging to the player. A coins bet area 1447 is provided for displaying the number of coins bet by a player on a given game.
  • A wide variety of other features may be provided. For example, a bet cancel [0214] button 1448 may be provided to permit a player to cancel their bet. Winnings may be displayed in a winner paid area 1449. A spin button 1451 is provided for permitting a player to effectuate a spin of the simulated dice 1441.
  • As described in more detail below, while in one arrangement the user interface or screen comprises a touch screen arranged to display information to a player and receive input therefrom, the user interface may comprise a combination of electrical and mechanical devices. For example, one or more of the buttons may comprise electromechanical buttons which may be depressed by a player. Those of skill in the art will appreciate that many players like the “tactile” feel of buttons as compared to touch screen input. Further, while the display areas are discussed separately, they may be integrated or be arranged in a number of ways other than as shown. [0215]
  • As described herein, a wide variety of combinations of indicia may be used to comprise the [0216] simulated dice 1441 or other indicia used in the game. In the preferred embodiment of Draw Dice, there are five reels 1442 or simulated reels. Each reel 1442 is capable of displaying symbols or indicia comprising or representing each of the six sides of a dice 1441. In a more preferred embodiment, each reel 1442 is capable of displaying each of the six sides of a dice in each of a plurality of colors or otherwise including distinguishing attributes or characteristics. In one embodiment, each reel 1442 is capable of displaying each of the six sides of a dice in each of three colors, such as red, white and blue.
  • In one embodiment, play of the game results in each [0217] reel 1442 displaying one indicia as part of a resulting combination of a spin or event. In one embodiment, a spin may result in a reel 1442 displaying a blank or non-dice indicia which comprises part of the results of a spin. The reel 1442 may also display indicia representing a side of a dice. As illustrated in FIG. 16, while at most only one side of a dice or other indicia (such as a blank space) comprises the result of a spin for purposes of determining if a winning combination has been received, other indicia may be displayed and be viewed by a player.
  • In the preferred embodiment, the ability of the [0218] reels 1442 to display each dice side in three different colors or with other distinguishing attributes creates the opportunity for unique winning combinations, as detailed in part above with respect to the payout table 1401. In one embodiment, a winning combination may comprise a pair of 5's, whether of the same or different colors. The opportunity for a flush exists, the flush comprising a combination of dice of the same color, regardless of value (i.e. regardless of which sides of the dice are shown). A royal flush comprises any combination of five simulated dice 1441 comprising each of the values 1-5 or 2-6, in any color. For example, a royal flush may comprise the dice combination 5 blue, 3 red, 1 white, 2 blue and 4 red. A perfect royal comprises any in sequence combination of simulated dice 1441 all of the same color. This requires that the simulated dice be displayed in forward or reverse order 1-2-3-4-5, 5-4-3-2-1, 2-3-4-5-6 or 6-5-4-3-2. Because each reel 1442 is capable of displaying the sides of the dice in three colors, there are 3×4, or 12, ways to achieve the perfect royal flush. In addition, as a result of the fact that five simulated dice may be displayed in combination, the opportunity exits for a 5 of a Kind comprising five simulated dice showing the same side or value. It will now be appreciated that by providing indicia comprising the sides of dice, and multiples of each side of dice having distinguishing attributes, and by providing several reels, a wide variety of unique combinations of indicia are provided which may comprise winning combinations. Further, because of the number of variable parameters, the payouts for winning combinations may be particularly selected. For example, a gaming manufacturer or establishment may wish to provide a particular percentage return on wagers placed, and may wish to pay winnings for combinations which are frequently received. In both cases, such can be achieved using the many variable parameters associated with the indicia and reels.
  • It will be appreciated that the number of duplicates of each side of a dice may vary, such as by having each [0219] reel 1442 capable of displaying two or four or more of each side of a dice. In such event, two colors or four or more colors may be used to distinguish the duplicates of the sides of the dice. As stated above, other distinguishing attributes may be provided, such as card suits, secondary values and the like. In one embodiment, there may be multiples of each side of a dice each having the same attribute. For example, each reel 1442 may select an indicia for display from a group which includes multiples of the same side of a dice in the same color. It will be appreciated that such combinations are useful in changing the odds of receiving a particular combination. As used herein, the term “selection” for purposes of determining which indicia is to be displayed is not limited to the stoppage of a reel 1442 having the indicia displayed, but may be simply as a result of a computer generation or selection (such as randomly or randomly with odds factors) of the indicia, and then the display of that indicia or the stoppage of the reel at a point displaying that indicia.
  • In one embodiment, upon a second spin or display of indicia, each [0220] reel 1442 is capable of redisplaying the same indicia (e.g. the group of indicia from which the indicia is selected upon the second spin is the same as upon the first spin). In another embodiment, once an indicia has been displayed by a reel 1442, upon a second spin it can not be re-displayed.
  • In one or more embodiments, the [0221] reels 1442 may be capable of displaying a wide variety of indicia other than the dice indicia 1441. As stated above, these indicia may comprise blank spaces or other non-dice indicia. In such event, the winning combinations may be varied. For example, the reels 1442 may be capable of displaying a colored spot, wherein that colored spot may be used to form a flush, but not a straight (since it has no associated value).
  • The present invention is not limited to the display of the dice side indicia by video means. The indicia may be displayed in a variety of manners, such as on a mechanical reel, by hologram or the like. [0222]
  • A method of play of the game of Draw Dice will be described with reference to FIG. 15. In a [0223] first step 1520, a player inserts a number of coins or provides other consideration for playing the game, such as dollar bills. Consideration may also comprise credits from a player card or the like.
  • In a [0224] step 1522, the player places a wager or bet. In one embodiment, this step comprises the player pressing the “Bet 1” button 1455 or the “Bet Max” button 1456. In one embodiment, a player is permitted to bet between one and five credits. Each credit may comprise any of a number of values, such as $0.05 U.S., $0.10 U.S., $0.25 U.S. or the like. The player may utilize the “Bet 1” button 1455 to place wagers incrementally, or press the “Bet Max” button 1456 to place a maximum bet.
  • In a [0225] step 1524 the player presses the spin button 1449. Upon depressing the spin button 1549, the reels 1442 spin or move (either by mechanical rotation or by computer generated graphics) and then stop. At this point, one symbol is displayed in association with each reel 1441. As described above, the symbol may comprise a “blank.”
  • In a [0226] step 1526, the player elects to hold one or more of the reels 1442 and associated displayed dice or other indicia. In one embodiment, the player may elect to hold none, one or more or all of the reels 1442.
  • In a [0227] step 1528, the player spins the non-held reels 1442 a second time. This step may be initiated by the player depressing the spin button 1451. In this embodiment, each of the non-held reels 1442 is spun. In the event all of the reels 1442 have been held, then none of the reels spin.
  • In a [0228] step 1530, the outcome of the game after the second spin is analyzed in order to determine if a winning combination was received. If a winning combination was received, then winnings are awarded to the player in accordance with the payout table 1401, as per step S1532. If a winning combination was not received, then the game ends.
  • As illustrated, in the event the player placed the maximum bet and received a Perfect Royal combination, then the player is awarded a bonus amount. In a preferred embodiment, each time a player places a bet, the entire value of the bet is credited to the bonus or jackpot amount which may be won. In one embodiment, the bonus amount is initially credited with a base amount greater than the payout for the highest hand (i.e. Perfect Royal in this case) with the next smaller bet (i.e. 4 coins in this case). Thereafter, all additional bet monies are credited to the base amount, generating a total bonus or jackpot amount. In the event the player receives this predetermined winning hand with the maximum bet, the player is awarded the total bonus amount. It will be appreciated that this concept of generating a bonus or jackpot amount which increments by the fully value of the bet or wager may be applied to a wide variety of games. [0229]
  • In one embodiment of the invention, when a player holds a [0230] particular reel 1442, the display of that reel or indicia changes so that only the held indicia is displayed. This effect is illustrated in FIG. 16, where the player has elected to hold the fifth reel. As illustrated, when this occurs, the display of the reel 1442 changes so that only the held value is displayed. This visually indicates to the player that the reel 1442 has been held, and makes it easier for the player to see the resulting combination of indicia for determining whether a winning combination has been received.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, a multiplier (not illustrated) may be displayed. The multiplier may cause one or more amounts won by a player to be increased. For example, a multiplier value may be indicated on the [0231] display 1415. The value may comprise 2, 3, 4 or other values, including greater values, lesser values, and even 0. In the event a player obtains a particular predetermined combination, the value from the payout table 1401 for that win maybe multiplied or increased by the multiplier value and then the new winning amount paid to the player. It will be appreciated that the multiplier value may be a value which is actually multiplied against the winning, or may comprise a value which is added to the base winning. In one embodiment, the multiplier value may be randomly selected from a plurality of value and then displayed, or may increase with time, or be selected in accordance with a variety of other criteria.
  • It will be appreciated that one or more aspects of the game of Draw Dice may be applied to the other embodiments of the game described herein. In addition, one or more of the embodiments of the other games of the invention may be applied to the game of Draw Dice. [0232]
  • It will be appreciated that games in accordance with the invention need not be the same as those described above. In one or more embodiments, the game includes the step of removing from the set of symbols at least one of the symbols, thereby reducing the possible number of combinations achievable thereafter by the player. Preferably, as the number of combinations which the player may achieve are reduced, the payout for achieving a winning combination increases. In the embodiments described above, the symbols or indicia are or include the sides or faces of dice. As target numbers are played, those number or indicia are removed from play. Of course, such a game may utilize other indicia. For example, such aspects of the game may be applied to a “slot-type” machine which includes reels displaying symbols such as cherries, 7s, bells and the like. As rounds, hands or the like of play are completed, the symbols may be removed randomly or in accordance with winnings combinations received by the player. [0233]
  • In one or more embodiments, features such as jackpots and bonuses may be omitted. On the other hand, any combination of jackpots or bonuses as described herein may be applied to such a game or any of the games herein. [0234]
  • In particular, a number of other alternate embodiments or alternate arrangements to the games other than as described above are contemplated, and it will be appreciated that one or more of the features described herein, whether or not described with a particular game, may be applied to another. By way of example, a player may be permitted to “hold” the simulated dice in the game of Z Sixty Six as well as in the games of Check and Z Hot Dice. In addition, the replacement symbols utilized in the games of Check and Z Sixty Six may, as in the case of Z Hot Dice, comprise symbols which either prevent a player from obtaining what appears to be a unique or winning combination of replacement symbols, or may comprise a combination of symbols which permits a player to receive a winning combination of replacement symbols. [0235]
  • In any of the embodiments, the replacement symbols may comprise no symbol at all, but comprise a blank or an indicia which otherwise will not contribute to a predetermined winning combination. A variety of criteria may be applied to the games of the invention for determining when a player has qualified or completed a round or category. For example, as described above, a player may be required to receive at least 3 of a Kind to start play. In one or more embodiments, a player may be required to play until they achieve at least a 3 of a Kind before any score is attributed to a particular category (i.e. not just the first). For example, after completing a first target number if on the next two spins the player achieves at most a pair, the player may be required to place an additional wager and utilize two more spins in an attempt to gain at least 3 of a Kind. In other embodiments, such as described above, the player may receive a zero score if they do not receive a winning combination on each set of spins. For example, after completing a first target number or category, if on the next two spins a player receives only a pair of the same indicia, the score for that category may be credited as zero, and then the player forced to move to the next target number or category. [0236]
  • In one or more embodiments of the invention, a player may be declared a winner for receiving other combinations of symbols/events. For example, a player may be paid a special award or winning or receiving at least 4 of a Kind of each target number. For example, in the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 12, an [0237] additional column 1202 may be provided which indicates the amount of a bonus the player may receive for obtaining a 3 of a Kind, 4 of a Kind or the like of each of the target numbers in the other columns. Such a bonus may be utilized in addition to a “per-column” bonus as described above in the game of Z Jackpot Dice or the jackpot as described herein.
  • In one or more embodiments of the invention, may as described above with respect to the game of Check, not include the step of removing one or more of the symbols as game progresses. Instead, the player may continue play, attempting to achieve winning combinations, jackpots, bonuses (or other of the features/elements) using the same set of symbols as play progresses. [0238]
  • In an alternative embodiment, the games of Check, Z Sixty Six, Z Hot Dice, Z Jackpot Dice or Draw Dice or other game variations described herein may be played over the Internet or other wired/wireless communications network/system among a random collection of players at diverse locations, forming a virtual wide area network of such competing players. [0239]
  • In alternative embodiments, numerous other wagering games, including but not limited to Poker Dice, and Aces in the Pot may be configured for play and display on the [0240] display 115, and played over a local area computer network 401 or wide area computer network 501 of computer-controlled slot machines 101.
  • In accordance with one or more embodiments of the invention, there is a method of playing a game and a system for presenting a game including multiple players. Several arrangements of [0241] machines 101 in a network configuration for use in presenting such a multi-player game are illustrated in FIGS. 3 and 4.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the process of game play of games played by more than one player is linked or commonly controlled. In one embodiment, a common controller controls the or governs the play of the multiple games. As one example, the common controller may comprise a [0242] server 303 such as illustrated in FIG. 3.
  • In one embodiment, the controller provides control information to two or more computer-controlled gaming machines (such as [0243] machines 101 in FIG. 3). The control information may comprise a control signal transmitted over a network (or other communication link) connecting the controller and the gaming machines, such as dedicated lines 311 as illustrated in FIG. 3.
  • In one or more embodiments, based on the control information, at least one or more events associated with or regarding the play of the games by the one or more players is dictated. In one embodiment, the one or more events comprise a game start, game stop or individual game play steps. In one or more embodiments, the aspect of these one or more events which is dictated comprises the timing of the event. The dictated timing may comprise a precise time or a time window or window by which an event must occur, as detailed below. [0244]
  • A preferred embodiment of the invention as applied to the game of Z Hot Dice will be described with reference to FIG. 11. In one embodiment, each of the players who wish to participate in the game provide credits. Preferably, the common controller generates a signal which defines the start of the game, as in [0245] step 1122. In one embodiment, the controller sends a signal representing information to each gaming machine regarding how soon the game will begin. This information may comprise a visible timer, time clock, graph or other indicator which is displayed to the player of each gaming machine regarding the time at which the game will begin. For example, the controller may send information which is continuously updated regarding the time until the game is to begin. In one or more embodiments, each player wishing to participate in the game must have their credits provided before the game starts.
  • In one embodiment, at the start of the game the controller sends a signal to each gaming device polling that device for information regarding credits placed. If the gaming device sends back a signal indicating that credits have been placed, then the controller may send a signal to the gaming device permitting further input to the player and indicating to the player that they are permitted to play the game. If the gaming device sends back a signal indicating that credits have not been placed, then the controller may send a signal to the gaming device preventing the gaming device from accepting input from a player until the completion of the pending game. The signal may also cause the gaming device to present information to the player that the gaming device is presently not usable. [0246]
  • Once the game starts, the controller sends a control signal to each gaming machine instructing the player to place their bet, as in [0247] step 1124. In one or more embodiments, the controller is arranged to generate and send information regarding a period of time during which the player is permitted to take action. For example, the controller may send clock or timer data, as described below, which indicates to a player how long, or how much longer, they have to take the appropriate action.
  • Once the time period has ended, only players who placed bets are allowed to continue. Next, the controller is either arranged to cause the dice to spin (as in step [0248] 1126) or allow the player to effectuate the spin. The controller next sends a signal regarding a time during which each player must make their section of held dice and the indicated target, as in steps 1128 and 1130. When this time period expires, the controller either causes the respin or provides a period of time during which each player may respin.
  • The win totals are then posted and the controller may dictate a period of time during which a player may leave the game or continue with the game by placing an additional bet (as in [0249] steps 1140, 1142 and 1144.
  • In one or more embodiments of the invention, the multiple players play against one another in an attempt to win a prize. In such an embodiment, the outcome of each player's game may be compared to the outcome of all other players' games for determining the winner of the multi-player event. For example, in the example of Z Hot Dice, each player may attempt to obtain the highest total score (see [0250] element 1039 in FIG. 10). The player who receives the highest total score for a particular game may be awarded a jackpot. Other criteria may be utilized for determining one or more winners of the multi-player game, such as lowest score or the highest three scores. In a preferred embodiment, a player is awarded winnings based on the outcome of their game, regardless of whether their result qualified them for winnings when compared to all other players.
  • In one embodiment other prizes may be awarded based on other criteria. For example, the player(s) who receives the highest score during a particular round (i.e. a pair of spins in an attempt to fill a single category) may be awarded a prize, such as money or bonus points towards their total score. [0251]
  • As one aspect of the invention, the order or sequence of the play of the game by a plurality of players is generally synchronized or otherwise controlled. In the embodiment just described, the timing of each step of the game as played by the players is controlled from a time perspective. It will be appreciated that only the play of the game broadly need be controlled from a time perspective. For example, the controller may define a window during which all players are entitled to a play an entire instance of the game. [0252]
  • As indicated, in one or more embodiments, the controller controls the time or time periods for certain activities to occur, such as a player input. One or more embodiments of the invention include a method and system for providing time information to a player. In an embodiment where a player is permitted a time period during which an activity must occur in order for the player to proceed or for the player's act/selection to occur, time period information may be displayed. The time period information may comprise numeric time information, graphical information or other forms of information recognizable by a player. For example, the information may comprise a pie-type graph with remaining time indicated as one portion of the graph illustrated in one color and expired time indicated as a portion of the graph in another color. [0253]
  • In one or more embodiments, audible or visible alarms or alerts may be provided to a player. For example, an area of the display may flash and indicate to a player that the player only has a short period of time remaining (such as 1 minute, 15 seconds or the like) to take action. [0254]
  • In one or more embodiments, when the player takes action, the time indicator may be removed or other information displayed to the player indicating that the player's action/selection has been accepted. In one or more embodiments, certain actions by a player maybe rescinded and a new action/selection permitted. For example, a player may elect to rescind particular held dice and hold different dice, so long as such action occurs during the particular time period or by the time indicated. [0255]
  • In one or more embodiments, a method of game play is disclosed in which one or more aspects of game play must occur within a particular time period or before a certain time. If one or more of the acts or inputs are not provided within the required time, the player may be prevented from continuing further and completing the game. [0256]
  • Selections by a player, game state information and similar information is preferably forwarded from each gaming device or machine to the controller. In the event a player does not take the necessary action within the required time, then the controller may be adapted to send a signal to the gaming machine to cause the gaming machine to not accept input from the player for proceeding in game play. This same signal may cause the display of information to the player that the player did not act in sufficient time and that the player is not permitted to continue playing. [0257]
  • In one or more embodiments, a player's bet may be refunded if the player does not take action within the required time. For example, if a player places a bet but does not then spin the reels within the required time, the player's bet may be credited back or refunded. Preferably, the player's bet is not refunded if the player fails to provide input after one or more of the steps which define the outcome of the game occurs. For example, a player may not be entitled to a refund of their bet if after a spin of the dice the player does not hold one or more dice, as such may allow the player to take advantage of the casino/house by ceasing to act except where a favorable combination of dice are received on the first spin. [0258]
  • In one or more embodiments of the invention, the multiple gaming machines which are used to present the games to the multiple players may be located adjacent to one another or located remote from one another. For example, a plurality of gaming machines associated with a controller may be located in a particular room or rooms of a casino. On the other hand, the gaming machines may be associated with a local or wide area network allowing the gaming machines to be located remote from one another and/or the controller. For example, one or more of the gaming machines may be located in a first casino and other of the gaming machines located in an entirely different casino. [0259]
  • In one or more embodiments, the controller need not be entirely computer. As one aspect of the invention, a human “caller” may be involved in the control of the multi-player game. The caller may provide information to players, such as instructions to take particular actions (e.g. “place bets,” “spin,” “hold dice”). The caller may also provide time information and generate or cause the generation of a control signal event. For example, the caller may cause the initiation of a time period via a computer or other device associated with the controller or providing input directly to the controller. The caller may provide an input to the controller causing the controller to start a period of time running or set a time by which an event is to occur. In this arrangement, the caller may provide gaps of time between events. For example, the caller may announce a two minute period of time during which players are to engage in their first spin. The caller may then allow a minute or two to lapse before starting a two minute time period during which the players are required to make dice hold selections. [0260]
  • As one aspect of the invention, the caller may be provided with information regarding player activities, such as the total number of players and the number of players having made and/or not made a selection or engaged in the require activity. This information may be used by the caller to prompt players to take action or permit an extension of the time period for taking action. [0261]
  • A caller may be utilized even when the gaming machines are located remotely from one another. In one embodiment, the image of the caller may be transmitted to each player, such as by a separate communication channel and one or more displays which are visible to players of the gaming machines, or even by picture-in-picture display of the information to the player directly at the gaming machine. In one or more other embodiments, a caller may be utilized even though the caller is not present or visible to the player. For example, a caller maybe used to controller the game play, such as starting and stopping time periods, which time periods are only indicated to a player. [0262]
  • The arrangement of the system including the one or more devices for implementing a method of multi-player game play in accordance with the invention may vary. As indicated, in one embodiment, a plurality of gaming machines or devices are associated with at least one controller via one or more communication pathways. In one embodiment, each gaming device may be provided with its own gaming controller, such as including a random number generator for generating game outcomes. The main controller may provide control information to each gaming machine, and each gaming machine may be arranged to generate (within the control of the main controller) the game information specific to that gaming machine, such as the outcome of a particular spin. [0263]
  • In another embodiment, all or substantially all of the game play information may be generated remotely from the gaming machine. For example, the controller including a random number generator for generating a plurality of game outcomes for the differing gaming machines. This game play information may then be transmitted to each particular gaming machine. [0264]
  • The game which is played by multiple players may comprise a wide variety of games other than the game of Z Hot Dice as described above. For example, any of the games herein may be implemented for multi-player play. Other games which are presently known may also be configured for play in accordance with the method of the invention, such as the game of video poker. [0265]
  • In one or more embodiments of the invention, information regarding each player's own game play, including prior game play, and others' game play may be presented. In one embodiment, information regarding a player's previous game play, such as previous resulting dice combinations and awarded points may be displayed. Such information may be useful to the player in assessing how to proceed with a present game or round of a game. In one embodiment, information regarding other players' game results may be displayed to a player. For example, in one embodiment, at the end of each round of the game of Z Hot Dice, the player or players having receiving the highest points for the last round and players having the highest total points for rounds may be displayed to other players. In this manner, a player may compare their total points to those of other players for determining where they stand in an attempt to win the game against the other players. [0266]
  • In one or more embodiments, the multiple players may play against the house, such as a computer generated game result. In one such embodiment as implemented to the game of Z Hot Dice, the controller may play a game and generate results of spins, fill categories and achieve point totals associated with those categories and total points. In one embodiment, prizes or awards may be provided to a player who obtains a greater total of points than the house. The size of the prize awarded may depend on the number of players who are successful in beating the house. In this embodiment, the house's dice hands and the house point totals may be displayed to all players for their observation. [0267]
  • The multi-player game of the invention has many unique aspects and advantages. First, a multi-player game is provided. As is known, current gaming devices are arranged to be played by single players against the house, lending to a very solitary form of play. In accordance with the invention, there is provided a method of presenting a game on a gaming device which is associated with many other players. A player of the gaming device feels attached or associated with these other players, even though they may be located remote from one another. Of course, in one or more embodiments, a plurality of gaming devices may be located adjacent one another, whereby players located in close proximity to one another all participate in the same game, lending to substantial comradery and interaction. [0268]
  • In accordance with the invention there is provided a multi-player game where each player's luck and/or skill in playing an event of the game is outcome determinative as to the overall game. In one embodiment, each player is in competition with the others, attempting to gain a highest score or other result which entitles them to be declared a winner of the game. In another embodiment, each player is in competition with the house, attempting to beat the house and be declared a winner. Regardless, a player's decisions, such as which dice to hold, dictate in part the outcome of the game for the player. [0269]
  • As used herein, the term “computer-controlled slot machine” denotes a computer controlled machine which facilitates wagering, which generally requires the input of money in order to be operated, and which outputs money in response to the achievement of winning wagering results. It will be appreciated that one or more aspects of the machine, including the interface or what is referred to herein as the touch sensitive display maybe electrical, mechanical and/or electromechanical in nature. For example, while the buttons may comprise touch-sensitive areas of a display, they may comprise electromechanical buttons which are activated by mechanical movement (such as depression) by a player. In addition, the simulated dice may, instead of comprising solely computer generated images, actually comprise dice or dice faces mounted on a rotating reel and arranged to stop in controlled positions. The simulated dice or other symbols may be provided in a variety of other manners, such as by laser light generation. The dice or other symbols are referred to in certain instances as “simulated,” but could actually comprise faces of actual physical dice. The displays and display areas may comprise CRT type displays, LCD or LED displays or any other means for displaying information now known or later developed. [0270]
  • Of course, the present invention is not limited to the generation and display of images in the form of the video simulated dice. In other embodiments, other images are generated and displayed in the course of game play. For example, in one embodiment, the images generated and displayed are in the form of different colors. In another embodiment, graphical representations of different types of fruit are generated and displayed. In yet another embodiment, roman numerals are utilized. The generation and subsequent display of any image in a set of at least two display areas in the course of game play is within the scope of the present invention. [0271]
  • It will be appreciated that various features of the present invention may be applied to existing games or games later developed. For example, the feature of permitting a player to “pause” a game and then continue the game at one or one of several gaming machines may be applied to present or future games. For example, the pause feature may be applied to video poker games or the like. Likewise, the feature of having bonuses associated with more than one event and/or cumulative bonuses may be applied to present or future games. For example, a typical slot machine may be configured to include particular winning combinations which, when received by a player, entitle the player to a first bonus. Additional bonuses may be won by receiving other combinations, and a total bonus may be awarded for receiving yet another special combination. [0272]
  • Another feature which may be applied to the games of the invention involves the duplication of displayed dice or symbols after a spin into additional “hands.” For example, after a first spin, a player may elect to hold a target number which is displayed three times (i.e. a 3 of a Kind). These same symbols may then be displayed in one or more additional rows or hands. The player may then be permitted to spin again, in an attempt to achieve a winning combination in any or all of the hands or rows. In the example given, either 2 or 3 additional symbols (depending on whether each row had a maximum of 5 or 6 symbols) would be displayed randomly to fill each row. The combination of the newly displayed symbols and the three originally held symbols would then be evaluated to determine if the player had won. The player may be awarded a payout for each winning row, or only for rows for which the player placed a wager. Alternatively, the player might be permitted to retain the highest winning combination from the several rows for determining the payout to be awarded in the column for that target number. [0273]
  • In one or more embodiments of the invention, such as illustrated in FIG. 6, a gaming machine in accordance with the invention may include a random number generator. The random number generator is adapted to produce random numbers which represent the outcome of the rolls of the dice or other symbols. For example, the [0274] numbers 1 2 4 3 5 5 may be randomly generated representing the outcome of a roll of six dice. These numbers may correspond to the side of the die bearing the symbols 1 2 4 3 5 5.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, permutations of roll outcomes are stored in a memory. One of the permutations is selected in order to determine the outcome of a roll. In one embodiment, the selection is random. In one embodiment, particular permutations maybe removed depending on the status of the game. For example, if a player has played the [0275] target number 2, then all permutations containing the number 2 may be removed from selection. In one embodiment, the permutations may be associated with registers or memory locations. Selections of outcomes may then be made from memory locations. For example, permutations of outcomes without 2's may be located in one memory location, and outcomes without 3's may be located in another memory location.
  • Another embodiment of a game in accordance with the invention will be described with reference where applicable to FIG. 17. This game is referred to herein as the game of Zingo. [0276]
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a touch [0277] sensitive display 1715 for implementing the game of Zingo. A first area 1716 of the display 1715 is arranged to display a set of symbols or indicia. In one embodiment, the symbols comprise the sides of a dice. A second area 1718 of the display 1715 is arranged to display one or more combinations of player symbols. The displayed symbols preferably comprise combinations of the symbols which may be displayed in the first area 1716. In one embodiment, the combinations of player symbols are arranged into lines or rows 1720, each line or row having the same number of positions for display of symbols as maybe displayed in the first area. As illustrated, six positions are provided in the first area 1716 for displaying a combination of six symbols. Preferably, the second area 1718 is thus arranged to display rows of six symbols as well.
  • As described in more detail below, as one object of the invention, a player attempts to match as many of the symbols in the second area [0278] 1718 with symbols which are displayed in the first area 1716. The symbols displayed in the first area 1716 maybe referred to as the game, house, post, called or other symbols, as such symbols form a set of symbols over which the player has no control but attempts utilize to match their symbols in the second area 1718. As detailed below, in one embodiment, these symbols change during the course of a game. The symbols in the second area 1718 may be referred to as the player's symbols, main or other symbols. As detailed below, in one embodiment, these symbols remain the same during the course of a game.
  • As stated, the symbols which may be displayed in either area preferably comprise each side or face of a dice. Thus, each position of [0279] first area 1716 is capable of displaying each of the six sides of a dice. In other embodiments of the invention, other symbols may be displayed. For example, as detailed above in conjunction with the description of other games herein, the symbols or indicia may comprise pictures of fruit, letters, numbers or representations of other elements/items. The symbols may be distinguished by color (such as red, white and blue as described above) or in other manners. The total number of different symbols which may be displayed at each position is preferably at least two, and may be more or less than 6. In one embodiment, the number of symbols which may be displayed at each position may vary from another position.
  • Preferably, the number of positions of symbols in each row or line [0280] 1720 of symbols displayed in the second area 1718 is the same as the number of positions of symbols in the first area 1716. This number of positions may comprise 6, but may also comprise less than six or more than six. In a preferred embodiment, 6 positions are chosen when the symbols to be displayed comprise combinations of the 6 sides of a dice.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, a plurality of combinations of symbols are displayed in the second area [0281] 1718. In the embodiment illustrated, six rows 1720 of symbol combinations are displayed. Preferably, each row displays a different combination of symbols.
  • A method of playing a game will now be described with reference to FIG. 17. In one embodiment, the game is arranged as a wager-type game in which a player is required to “buy-in” to the game, such as by placing a bet. When the game is presented on a [0282] display 1715, the display may be associated with a gaming machine including a wager-accepting device, such as a coin or bill acceptor. As described below, the player need not provide payment in this form or at the time the game starts. For example, when playing a “paper” version of the game, the player may purchase a game card on which player indicia are printed.
  • In accordance with one embodiment of the invention, the method thus includes the step of a player placing a wager or otherwise establishing entitlement to play the game. In a next step, a combination of symbols is displayed in the [0283] first area 1716. In a preferred embodiment, the symbols which are displayed are selected randomly. The symbols displayed in the first area 1716 are compared to the symbols displayed in the first row in the second area 1718. If any of the symbols are the same, in one embodiment, a “match” is declared. In the preferred embodiment, a match only occurs if the symbol which is displayed in the first area 1716 is the same as and in the same position as the symbol displayed in the second area 1718.
  • In one embodiment, if a match results, then the symbol in the row in the second area [0284] 1718 is highlighted or another indication is provided to the player of the match. In one embodiment, the indication of match occurs by a computer comparing the displayed symbols. In another embodiment, the player is required to provide input for a match, such as by pressing a “hold” button associated with the position or touching the area of the display where the symbol is displayed.
  • In the preferred embodiment of the invention, a player receives a score associated with a match. In one embodiment, the score comprises points or another numerical value. In one embodiment, the points comprise the points of the matched dice. The player's score associated with a particular row is displayed on the [0285] display 1715.
  • In a preferred embodiment, a player has three opportunities to match the symbols displayed in a row of the second area [0286] 1718 with symbols displayed in the first area 1716. Thus, in a next step, a new or next set of symbols is displayed in the first area 1716. Each display of a new set or combination of symbols in the first area 1716 may be referred to as a “roll” or “spin.” After the second spin or roll, the symbols displayed in the first area 1716 are compared to those displayed in the same row of the second area 1718, and matches are determined. In a preferred embodiment, once a symbol in the row of the second area 1718 has been matched, it does not need to be matched again during later spins or rolls. A player attempts to match each of the symbols in the row with a symbol displayed in the first area 1716 at least once during the course of the three (or other number) of rolls. If new matches result from the second spin or roll, then the player's score is updated. A new (i.e. third) spin or roll is initiated. The resulting displayed symbols are again compared.
  • In one embodiment, a round of play comprises the display of one or more sets of symbols in the [0287] first area 1716 for comparison with the symbols displayed in the second area 1718. In a preferred embodiment, during a round three sets of symbols displayed in the first area 1716 are compared against symbols in the second area 1718. The player's total for the round may then be used to determine if the player is a winner of the game, such as for entitlement to an award.
  • In a preferred embodiment, as illustrated in FIG. 17, however, the game includes more than one round. In one embodiment, the number of rounds is dependent upon the number of groupings of symbols in the second area [0288] 1718 to which symbols are compared from the first area 1716. In each round, the game continues in similar fashion to that described above until the player has completed play with respect to each row or combination of symbols in the second area 1718. In the embodiment illustrated, as a result of the play of the first round, the player matched the dice symbols 2, 6, 4, 5, 3 during one or more of the rolls or spins of the symbols in the first area 1716. This resulted in a player receiving 20 points: the sum of the faces of the dice. In the second round, the player matched the dice symbols 5, 2, 6 for a score of 13.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the [0289] display 1715 is arranged to display a player's score for each row and, in one or more embodiments, any bonus received. In one embodiment, in similar fashion to the game of Draw Dice previously described, a player may receive a bonus score for matching at least a specified minimum number of the symbols, or a specified minimum number of symbols upon the first or by the second roll or spin. For example, a player may be awarded a 50 point bonus for matching five symbols upon the first spin, as illustrated in FIG. 17.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the [0290] display 1715 displays a total score comprising the sum of the score for each row and the bonus (if any) for each row.
  • In one embodiment, a player is rewarded an award or declared a winner based upon the player's score. A player may be declared a winner if the player's score is greater than a predetermined score. In another embodiment, the player may be declared a winner based upon the player's score as compared to the scores of other players or the house. [0291]
  • In one or more embodiments, the game is implemented as a multi-player game. In one embodiment, the players may play the game at the same or different times, and one or more players may be awarded winnings as the end of a predetermined time. Such an arrangement is described above, wherein the players achieving the highest scores during a predetermined period of time, such as a week, may be declared winners. In another embodiment, the game may be played by several players simultaneously, such as described above. [0292]
  • In the multi-player version of the game it is preferred that each player have the opportunity to obtain the same highest score. On the other hand, it is preferred that the players not play the exact same form of the game when playing the game simultaneously, since each players game outcome would be the same. In an embodiment such as illustrated in FIG. 17, it is desired that each player play a game in which the symbols displayed in the second area have the same point total, but comprise different combinations of symbols. In the embodiment illustrated where a matrix of 6 rows of 6 symbols (i.e. 36 symbols) of sides of dice are displayed, the sum of the faces may comprise 126. In that event, there are over 1000 different combinations of symbols which may be displayed in the matrix, such that at least one thousand players may play the game at the same time using a unique combination of symbols. Of course, a greater or lesser number of combinations may result when a greater or lesser number of symbols is used. [0293]
  • The game in principal may be played in a variety of formats and including a variety of options. In one embodiment, the spun or rolled symbols need not be displayed on the same display as the player's symbols. For example, the outcome of a roll or spin may be displayed on another device or in another area, such as on a separate monitor or projector. In one embodiment, the game may be implemented in a slot machine type format including reels, where the reels display the symbols and the reels rotate to represent each spin or roll. The spinning of the reels may be initiated remotely, and in a multi-player game format, a signal may be sent to each machine causing the reels to rotate and all stop in the same position. [0294]
  • In one embodiment, the player's symbols may be displayed in a manner other than by a touch-sensitive or other video type display. For example, the symbols may be associated with reels as well. At the beginning of a game, the reels may all rotate and stop to display the matrix of indicia which comprise the symbols of the second area. In another embodiment, the symbols may be printed on cards or similar members. In such event, the outcome of the game may require manual confirmation of the matches. [0295]
  • In one embodiment the player's symbols need not comprise a matrix of symbols. Instead, the symbols may be arranged in a variety of fashions, such as an X or T or the like. In this embodiment, instead or in addition to providing a score for matched symbols, the goal may be to attempt to match each and every symbol of the configuration. The winner of the game may be each or every player who matches all of the symbols of the pattern. [0296]
  • The combinations of symbols may also be arranged in vertical columns. Not all of the symbols need to be displayed at the same time. For example, in one embodiment a first row of symbols may be displayed and the other five rows of symbols may remain blank until the successive rounds of the game progress. [0297]
  • In one embodiment, a player may be provided a bonus score or award if the player receives a predetermined pattern of symbols from a group of symbols. For example, while playing a game comprising a matrix of 36 symbols, a player may be provided a bonus score or award for matching the symbols forming an X through the matrix. [0298]
  • In one or more embodiments, bonuses or other events and awards may be provided, including one or more of the bonus events described above. For example, with reference to the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 17, a player may be provided a bonus score or award if the player matches at least 4 symbols of each of the 6 rows. A player may be awarded a bonus score or award for matching every symbol. [0299]
  • In one embodiment, a player may be permitted to play one or more wild cards. The wildcards may be placed anywhere in the combination of player symbols and constitutes an automatic match, regardless of whether the symbol is actually matched during play of the game. Preferably, the player must indicate the location of the wildcard(s) before play of the game begins. [0300]
  • The game of the invention is particular suited to the multi-player game format described above where the timing of certain aspects or events of play is controlled. In this arrangement, all players are provided a set of player symbols. A single set of symbols is displayed to all players for comparison of a match. [0301]
  • In one embodiment of the invention, a match may be declared if a symbol displayed in the first area matches a symbol of a row in the second area, regardless of whether the matching symbols are displayed in the same position. For example, referred to FIG. 17, if at the beginning of the game the first set of symbols were as displayed, the player would be permitted a match for the display of the 2 in the first position of the first set of symbols with the 2 in the first row of the second set of symbols. [0302]
  • In another embodiment, a player may be permitted to declare a match when any symbol which is displayed in the first area matches any symbol displayed in the second area. In one embodiment, a player may use a displayed symbol in the first area only once. The game may comprise the rolling or display of a predetermined number of sets of first symbols. The player attempts to match as may of the symbols in the second set as possible. In one embodiment, a player may attempt to match every symbol in the second set in order to win. In another embodiment, the player may be provided a score comprising the sum of the matched symbol values. [0303]
  • In the event the game comprises matching symbols regardless of position, the symbols which are displayed in the first area need not be arranged similar to those in the second area. For example, a single symbol, pair of symbols or the like may be displayed and used by the players in matching to the symbols in the player area. [0304]
  • In one embodiment, the score may comprise other than the sum of the dice value. For example, in the event symbols such as fruit are utilized, each symbol may have an associated value. The value for each symbol may remain the same or change based on criteria such as the row in which the symbol is located. [0305]
  • It will be understood that the above described arrangements of apparatus and the method therefrom are merely illustrative of applications of the principles of this invention and many other embodiments and modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention as defined in the claims. [0306]

Claims (28)

I claim:
1. A method of playing a game by two or more players, said game having the possibility of different outcomes to each of said at least two players, said game having a plurality of steps, one or more of which define said outcomes, comprising:
indicating to said two or more players information regarding times by which each of said steps of said game must be completed by said two or more players;
permitting each player of said two or more players to continue playing said game if said steps are completed within said times;
preventing any of said at least two or more players having not completed a step within a defined time from continuing to play said game; and
determining a winner of said game by comparison of the outcomes of games completed by any of said two or more players.
2. The method in accordance with claim 1 wherein said indicating step comprises displaying information regarding a time by which a step of said game must be completed by said two or more players.
3. The method in accordance with claim 2 wherein said information defines a time period during which a step of said game must be completed by said two or more players.
4. The method in accordance with claim 1 including the steps of indicating a time by which each of said two or more players must place a bet in order to continue playing said game.
5. The method in accordance with claim 4 including the step of indicating a time by which each of said two or more players having placed a bet must provide input to display indicia for play of said game.
6. The method in accordance with claim 1 wherein said outcomes of said game include point totals and said step of determining a winner of said game comprises comparing point totals received by any of said two or more players completing said game.
7. The method in accordance with claim 6 including the step of declaring a player having the highest point total the winner of said game.
8. The method in accordance with claim 1 including the step of presenting said game to each of said two or more player with a gaming device.
9. The method in accordance with claim 8 including the step of associating each gaming device with a controller.
10. The method in accordance with claim 9 including at least one input device whereby a caller may cause the controller to generate a signal used to indicate one or more of said times.
11. The method in accordance with claim 9 wherein at least one of said players comprises a computer-generated play result by said controller.
12. A method of playing a game by two or more players, said game having the possibility of different outcomes to said at least two players, said game having at least two steps comprising:
indicating information regarding a time by which a first step of said game must be completed by said two or more players;
permitting each player of said two or more players to continue playing said game if said step is completed by said time;
preventing any of said at least two or more players having not completed said step by said time from continuing to play said game; and
indicating information regarding a time by which a next step of said game must be completed by each player of said two or more player permitted to continue playing said game.
13. The method in accordance with claim 12 wherein said steps of indicating comprise indicating a time period.
14. The method in accordance with claim 12 including the step of determining an outcome of said games played by said players by comparing results of each player's game outcome to the result of other players' game outcomes.
15. A system permitting two or more players to play a game, said game having the possibility of different outcomes to each player comprising:
at least two gaming devices, said gaming devices adapted to present said game to at least one player;
at least one controller, said controller adapted to generate a control signal regarding a time by which a player must provide an input to one of said at least two gaming devices; and
a communication link between said at least one controller and each of said at least two gaming devices for transmitting said control signal from said at least one controller to said at least two gaming devices and for transmitting an input signal from one or more of said at least two gaming devices to said at least one controller.
16. The system in accordance with claim 15 including at least one input device associated with said controller, said at least one input device adapted to provide a signal to said at least one controller causing said controller to generate said control signal.
17. A method of at least two players playing a game, said game having the possibility of different outcomes to each of said at least two players, comprising:
providing at least two gaming devices adapted to present said game to one or more of said players;
establishing a communication pathway between each of said at least two gaming devices and a controller;
generating a control signal with said controller;
transmitting said control signal to said at least two gaming devices;
indicating a time by which a player of each of said at least two gaming devices must provide input thereto;
accepting input from a player of each of said at least two gaming devices if said input is provided during said indicated time; and
transmitting a signal from said at least two gaming devices regarding the status of player input to said gaming device.
18. The method in accordance with claim 17 including the step of transmitting a signal from said controller to each gaming device to which player input was not provided within said indicated time, said signal preventing further play of said game by said player.
19. The method in accordance with claim 17 including the step of transmitting game play data from said controller to each gaming device which transmitted a signal indicating player input was received within said indicated time.
20. A method of playing a game comprising the steps of:
placing a wager;
displaying a first set of symbols comprising a main set of symbols;
displaying a set of player symbols;
determining if any of said symbols in said first set of symbols match any of the symbols displayed in said player set of symbols;
displaying a second set of symbols comprising said main set of symbols;
determining if any of said symbols in said second set of symbols match any of the symbols in said player set of symbols.
21. The method in accordance with claim 20 including the step of displaying a plurality of rows of symbols comprising said set of player symbols, determining if any of said symbols of said first set of symbols match any of said symbols in one or said rows of said player symbols and determining if any of said symbols of said second set of symbols match any of said symbols said row of player symbols.
22. The method in accordance with claim 20 wherein said symbols in said first set of symbols and said player symbols are arranged into positions and set step of determining if said symbols match comprise determining if a symbols in corresponding positions of said first set of symbols and said set of player symbols are the same.
23. The method in accordance with claim 20 including the step of assigning a score for each matched symbol.
24. The method in accordance with claim 20 wherein said sets of symbols are displayed on a single display.
25. A method of playing a game comprising the steps of:
displaying at least a first set of player symbols and a second set of player symbols;
displaying a first set of game symbols;
determining if one or more of said first set of game symbols matches one or more of said first set of player symbols;
displaying at least a second set of game symbols;
determining if one or more of said second set of game symbols matches one or more of said first set of player symbols;
displaying at least a third and a fourth set of game symbols; and
determining if one or more of said third and fourth sets of game symbols matches one or more of said second set of player symbols.
26. The method in accordance with claim 25 wherein said first set of player symbols has symbols in at least two positions and said first set of game symbols has symbols in at least two positions and said determining step comprises determining if symbols in corresponding positions of said first set of player symbols and first set of game symbols match.
27. The method in accordance with claim 25 wherein said symbols comprise at least a portion of a dice.
28. The method in accordance with claim 25 including the step of generating a score associated with said matched symbols.
US09/838,949 1999-04-23 2001-04-19 Multi-player game and gaming system Abandoned US20020055381A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US09/838,949 US20020055381A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2001-04-19 Multi-player game and gaming system
US10/004,102 US6702671B2 (en) 1999-04-23 2001-10-23 Dice game and gaming system
US10/143,367 US7090579B2 (en) 1999-04-23 2002-05-09 Dice game and gaming system
US10/789,592 US20040166929A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2004-02-27 Game with winning outcome when symbols are arranged in linked combination
US11/347,769 US20060135242A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2006-02-03 Multi-player game and gaming system
US11/703,449 US20070135207A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2007-02-06 Game with changing odds and payouts
US11/999,694 US7857696B2 (en) 1999-04-23 2007-12-05 System and method of pausing and restarting wagering games

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US29860499A 1999-04-23 1999-04-23
US09/439,934 US6656047B1 (en) 1999-04-23 1999-11-12 Computer-controlled gaming apparatus and method
US09/553,915 US6605001B1 (en) 1999-04-23 2000-04-20 Dice game in which categories are filled and scores awarded
US68475900A 2000-10-06 2000-10-06
US09/838,949 US20020055381A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2001-04-19 Multi-player game and gaming system

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US68475900A Continuation-In-Part 1999-04-23 2000-10-06

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/004,102 Continuation-In-Part US6702671B2 (en) 1999-04-23 2001-10-23 Dice game and gaming system
US11/347,769 Continuation US20060135242A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2006-02-03 Multi-player game and gaming system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20020055381A1 true US20020055381A1 (en) 2002-05-09

Family

ID=27501741

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/838,949 Abandoned US20020055381A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2001-04-19 Multi-player game and gaming system
US11/347,769 Abandoned US20060135242A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2006-02-03 Multi-player game and gaming system
US11/703,449 Abandoned US20070135207A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2007-02-06 Game with changing odds and payouts
US11/999,694 Expired - Lifetime US7857696B2 (en) 1999-04-23 2007-12-05 System and method of pausing and restarting wagering games

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/347,769 Abandoned US20060135242A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2006-02-03 Multi-player game and gaming system
US11/703,449 Abandoned US20070135207A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2007-02-06 Game with changing odds and payouts
US11/999,694 Expired - Lifetime US7857696B2 (en) 1999-04-23 2007-12-05 System and method of pausing and restarting wagering games

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (4) US20020055381A1 (en)

Cited By (105)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040038741A1 (en) * 2002-08-22 2004-02-26 Michael Gauselmann Progressive jackpot gaming system
US20040077408A1 (en) * 2002-10-21 2004-04-22 D'amico Michael H. Gaming award method and apparatus
US20040242297A1 (en) * 1998-03-31 2004-12-02 Walker Jay S. Method and apparatus for team play of slot machines
US20040267386A1 (en) * 1999-07-15 2004-12-30 Aaron Hightower System and method of vehicle competition with enhanced ghosting features
US20050009596A1 (en) * 2003-07-08 2005-01-13 Daly Terence Gerard Bonus game using a subset of reels
US20050014554A1 (en) * 2003-03-04 2005-01-20 Walker Jay S. Multiplayer gaming device and methods
US20050027643A1 (en) * 2003-04-02 2005-02-03 Cfph, Llc System and method for wagering based on the movement of financial markets
WO2005016471A1 (en) * 2003-08-06 2005-02-24 Colepat, Llc Method and apparatus for playing a multi-player game
US20050055113A1 (en) * 2003-09-05 2005-03-10 Atronic International Gmbh Multiple progressive jackpots for a gaming device
US20050059474A1 (en) * 2003-09-12 2005-03-17 Stargames Limited Communal slot system and method for operating same
US20050096114A1 (en) * 2001-11-30 2005-05-05 Igt Method, apparatus and system for perpetual bonus game
US6896617B2 (en) 2003-07-08 2005-05-24 Bally Gaming International, Inc. Multi-reel slot machine with selectable reel play
US20050197948A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2005-09-08 Davie Christopher J. System and method for wagering in a financial market environment
US20060040730A1 (en) * 1997-06-23 2006-02-23 Walker Jay S Systems, methods and apparatus for facilitating a flat rate play session on a gaming device and example player interfaces to facilitate such
US20060046821A1 (en) * 2004-09-01 2006-03-02 Kaminkow Joseph E Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US20060073884A1 (en) * 2005-12-08 2006-04-06 Walker Jay S Systems and methods for post-play gaming benefits
US20060073868A1 (en) * 2004-10-01 2006-04-06 Dennis Nordman Gaming system having a plurality of adjacently arranged gaming machines and a mechanical moveable indicator operable to individually indicate the gaming machines
US20060105836A1 (en) * 2004-11-12 2006-05-18 Walker Jay S Method and apparatus for pausing a flat rate play gaming session
US20060160625A1 (en) * 2005-01-18 2006-07-20 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game with alternating picks
US20060189379A1 (en) * 2005-02-23 2006-08-24 Wms Gaming, Inc. Wagering game with bonus game elements dictated by basic game
US20060199634A1 (en) * 2005-03-03 2006-09-07 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game with free-play outcome having a changing multiplier feature
US20060199636A1 (en) * 2002-09-11 2006-09-07 Igt Gaming device having a probability enhancing trigger symbol
US20060211479A1 (en) * 2001-09-25 2006-09-21 Walker Jay S Method and apparatus for linked play gaming
GB2425732A (en) * 2003-02-20 2006-11-08 Sega Corp Game machine with removable storage medium
US20060281538A1 (en) * 2000-10-13 2006-12-14 Rite-Solutions, Inc. System, method, and article of manufacture for multi-player gaming from an off-site location
US20060287036A1 (en) * 2003-07-08 2006-12-21 Daly Terence G Multi-reel slot machine with selectable reel play
US20060287077A1 (en) * 2005-05-27 2006-12-21 Ted Grav Progressive gaming system
US20070021191A1 (en) * 2005-02-15 2007-01-25 White Michael L Method and apparatus for storing information on a wager gaming voucher
US20070054724A1 (en) * 2005-09-02 2007-03-08 Kenneth Scott Match game method and device
US20070060316A1 (en) * 2003-04-09 2007-03-15 Stargames Corporation Party Limited Communal slot system and method for operating same
US20070111777A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2007-05-17 Lee Amaitis Computer graphics processing methods and systems for presentation of graphics objects or text in a wagering environment
US20070111775A1 (en) * 2005-11-15 2007-05-17 Shuffle Master, Inc. Independent data input system for casino play
US20070117616A1 (en) * 2003-09-16 2007-05-24 Igt Method and apparatus for awarding individual or group point multiplication
US20070167216A1 (en) * 2005-03-29 2007-07-19 Walker Jay S Methods and systems for determining and selling outcomes for drawing games to be viewed remotely
US20070207849A1 (en) * 2003-04-02 2007-09-06 Cantor Index Llc System and Method for Wagering-Based Transferable Financial Instruments
US20070259706A1 (en) * 2004-08-25 2007-11-08 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering Game With Board-Game Feature For Payoffs
US20080015006A1 (en) * 2006-02-23 2008-01-17 Jeffrey George System and method for operating a matching game in conjunction with a transaction on a gaming machine
US20080096659A1 (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-04-24 Kreloff Shawn D Wireless communal gaming system
US20080146304A1 (en) * 2001-11-23 2008-06-19 Igt Financial trading game
US20080293476A1 (en) * 2005-05-27 2008-11-27 Bally Gaming, Inc. Ergonomic gaming machine having electromechanical reels
US20080305855A1 (en) * 2007-06-11 2008-12-11 Shuffle Master, Inc. System and method for facilitating back bet wagering
US20090239604A1 (en) * 2008-03-21 2009-09-24 Acres-Fiore Patents Method and apparatus for generating a virtual win
US20100004054A1 (en) * 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 Acres-Fiore, Inc. Method of allocating credits for gaming devices
US20100004053A1 (en) * 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 Acres-Fiore, Inc. Method and apparatus for facilitating wagering by multiple players of gaming machines
US20100004058A1 (en) * 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 Acres-Fiore Shared bonus on gaming device
US20100004057A1 (en) * 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 Acres-Fiore, Inc. Shared game play on gaming device
US7651392B2 (en) 2003-07-30 2010-01-26 Igt Gaming device system having partial progressive payout
US7717786B1 (en) 2009-01-23 2010-05-18 Falciglia Sr Sal Gaming machine and game having sequential symbol matching feature
US20100124965A1 (en) * 2008-11-19 2010-05-20 Johnson Bradley W Playing a video slot game
US7744458B2 (en) 2000-08-28 2010-06-29 Igt Slot machine game having a plurality of ways for a user to obtain payouts based on selection of one or more symbols (power pays)
US20100173698A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2010-07-08 Christopher John Davie System and method for offering intraday wagering in a financial market environment
US20100203948A1 (en) * 2009-01-23 2010-08-12 Falciglia Sr Sal Gaming machine and game having multiple levels
US20110053683A1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2011-03-03 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game with shared payoff based on multiple player selections
US20110059790A1 (en) * 2000-11-10 2011-03-10 Case Venture Management, Llc Multi-Stage Multi-Bet Game, Gaming Device, and Method
US20110159940A1 (en) * 2009-12-28 2011-06-30 Acres-Fiore Patents Linked game play on gaming devices
US20110207519A1 (en) * 2006-03-29 2011-08-25 Falciglia Sr Sal Multi-player matching game
US8047909B2 (en) 1998-03-31 2011-11-01 Walker Digital, Llc Method and apparatus for linked play gaming with combined outcomes and shared indicia
US20110287830A1 (en) * 2001-07-24 2011-11-24 Igt Gaming system, gaming device and method for offering a guaranteed win
US20120077595A1 (en) * 2003-03-01 2012-03-29 The Directv Group, Inc. Television interactive gaming having a local storage of game portal
US8147313B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2012-04-03 Cantor Index Llc Computer graphics processing and system for displaying wagering information for dynamic financial market indicators
US8147322B2 (en) 2007-06-12 2012-04-03 Walker Digital, Llc Multiplayer gaming device and methods
US20120094752A1 (en) * 2003-07-23 2012-04-19 Igt Methods and apparatus for a competitive bonus game with variable odds
US20120115591A1 (en) * 2009-06-23 2012-05-10 Wms Gaming, Inc. Awarding achievements in wagering games
US8231448B2 (en) 2007-11-09 2012-07-31 Igt Gaming system and method for providing purchasable bonus opportunities
US8313369B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2012-11-20 Patent Investments & Licensing Company Outcome determination method for gaming device
US20130040724A1 (en) * 2008-02-20 2013-02-14 Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited Method of gaming, a gaming system and a game controller
US8430747B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2013-04-30 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US8444480B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2013-05-21 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US8475265B2 (en) 2011-09-28 2013-07-02 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method for providing a multiple player persistent game
US8556701B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2013-10-15 Sal Falciglia, Sr. Bingo-type matching game
US20130288801A1 (en) * 2012-03-27 2013-10-31 Ami Entertainment Network, Inc. Method for conducting a venue-wide multiplayer game
US20130310183A1 (en) * 2009-01-19 2013-11-21 Wms Gaming, Inc. Transporting and using wagering game data
US8657662B2 (en) 2008-09-04 2014-02-25 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having variable speed of play
US8662980B2 (en) 2011-09-28 2014-03-04 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method for providing a multiple player persistent game
US8702490B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2014-04-22 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having multiple game play option
US8708804B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2014-04-29 Igt Gaming system and method providing a collection game including at least one customizable award collector
US20140148230A1 (en) * 2012-05-30 2014-05-29 Josh Guase Social collaboration in casino game
US8771055B2 (en) 2010-08-10 2014-07-08 Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited Method of gaming, a gaming system, and a game controller
US8795063B2 (en) 2012-03-27 2014-08-05 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method for providing a multiple player game
US8814648B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2014-08-26 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US8905831B2 (en) 2011-09-28 2014-12-09 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method for providing a multiple player persistent game
US9022852B1 (en) * 2010-10-01 2015-05-05 Ptt, Llc Symbol and reel substitution methods for multi-line slot machines
US9165435B2 (en) 2009-12-03 2015-10-20 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having advance game information analyzer
US9177448B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2015-11-03 Igt Gaming system and method providing a slot game including a symbol generator modification event
US20160098901A1 (en) * 2014-10-07 2016-04-07 Tien-Shu Hsu Winning game system
US9530283B2 (en) 2008-07-03 2016-12-27 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method for sharing game play on an electronic gaming device
US9600961B2 (en) 2007-11-12 2017-03-21 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Player-based compensation
US9633528B2 (en) 2008-11-17 2017-04-25 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method for configuring casino operations
US9640017B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2017-05-02 Igt Gaming system and method employing rankings of outcomes from multiple gaming machines to determine awards
US9666015B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2017-05-30 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Generating a score related to play on gaming devices
US9728043B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2017-08-08 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Means for enhancing game play of gaming device
US9773378B2 (en) 2013-09-23 2017-09-26 Bally Gaming, Inc. Wagering game having player-directed population of a bonus feature
US9792763B2 (en) * 2014-03-21 2017-10-17 Gamblit Gaming, Llc Inverted mechanic interleaved wagering system
US9928682B2 (en) 2009-11-16 2018-03-27 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method for displaying gaming result
US9953490B2 (en) 2009-12-03 2018-04-24 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Rapid play poker gaming device
US9997007B2 (en) 2009-10-01 2018-06-12 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method and system for implementing mystery bonus in place of base game results on gaming machine
US20180315138A1 (en) * 2006-12-13 2018-11-01 Ordamo Limited Interactive food and drink ordering system
US10169957B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-01-01 Igt Multiple player gaming station interaction systems and methods
US10176670B2 (en) 2014-10-07 2019-01-08 Tien-Shu Hsu Entertainment system having prize money game
US20190266847A1 (en) * 2018-01-31 2019-08-29 Tonya Moore Word-based video gaming system in reel format
US10553072B2 (en) 2009-11-10 2020-02-04 Patent Investment & Licensing Company System and method for measuring gaming player behavior
US10783742B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2020-09-22 Acres Technology Event-based gaming operations for gaming device
US20210056798A1 (en) * 2014-08-14 2021-02-25 Banilla Games, Inc. Electronic Skill Game
US11017626B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2021-05-25 Acres Technology Means for controlling payback percentage of gaming device
US11541309B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2023-01-03 Nvidia Corporation Quickly suspending and resuming applications running on a cloud server

Families Citing this family (84)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020055381A1 (en) * 1999-04-23 2002-05-09 Tarantino Elia Rocco Multi-player game and gaming system
US6569013B1 (en) 2000-07-14 2003-05-27 William Arthur Taylor Method for playing a video gaming machine
US7419425B1 (en) * 2001-02-15 2008-09-02 Bally Gaming, Inc. Shared secondary game station and system
US6910962B2 (en) 2001-11-06 2005-06-28 Daniel Marks Electronic game and method for playing a game based upon removal and replacing symbols in the game matrix
WO2003089082A1 (en) 2002-04-18 2003-10-30 Walker Digital, Llc Method and apparatus for providing a bonus to a player based on a credit balance
US20050054415A1 (en) * 2003-09-10 2005-03-10 Kaminkow Joseph E. Gaming device having matching game with dual random generating and player picking of symbols
US8585479B2 (en) 2003-10-20 2013-11-19 Tipping Point Group, Llc System to decode video signal from electronic gaming device and to determine play information
WO2006012429A2 (en) * 2004-07-21 2006-02-02 Wagerworks, Inc. Method of conducting wagering dice games
WO2007040674A2 (en) * 2005-06-15 2007-04-12 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game system with pausing feature
US7727068B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2010-06-01 Igt Gaming system having a common display, a first bonus game or a first bonus game paytable and an option to purchase a second bonus game or a second bonus game paytable with relatively expected higher values
US20070138741A1 (en) * 2005-12-19 2007-06-21 Stefan Molin Number game
WO2007078533A2 (en) * 2005-12-23 2007-07-12 Wms Gaming Inc. Transient or persistent game play in wagering games
US8162732B1 (en) * 2006-05-03 2012-04-24 Idx, Inc. Display device, system and methods for a craps table
US7828648B2 (en) 2006-05-16 2010-11-09 Igt Single outcome game of chance with differing wagers varying among multiple paytables
US7909690B2 (en) * 2006-08-08 2011-03-22 Igt Gaming device and method providing calculated reel symbol evaluation
US8002621B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2011-08-23 Igt Gaming device and method having purchasable randomly selected paytables
CA2662856C (en) 2006-09-05 2017-11-21 Howard W. Lutnick Game apparatus for displaying information about a game
US7717429B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2010-05-18 Cfph, Llc Card game with counting
WO2008039848A2 (en) 2006-09-26 2008-04-03 Walker Digital, Llc Providing and redeeming partial wagering game outcomes
US8235801B2 (en) 2006-10-30 2012-08-07 Igt Gaming system and method for providing enhanced player opportunities for depositing monetary amounts above a designated level
US7846018B2 (en) 2006-11-08 2010-12-07 Igt Gaming device and method having purchasable enhanced paytables
US20080146324A1 (en) * 2006-12-07 2008-06-19 Philip Jeffrey Anderson Method and system for changing gaming machine display elements to complement game outcome
US8029355B2 (en) * 2006-12-19 2011-10-04 Igt Configurable gaming device with player selectable award profile
US8231455B2 (en) 2007-02-05 2012-07-31 Igt Method and apparatus for providing a bonus to a player
US8628399B2 (en) * 2007-02-06 2014-01-14 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering system with three dimensional display feature
US8277302B2 (en) * 2007-05-02 2012-10-02 Igt Method and apparatus for providing a bonus to a player
US20090011833A1 (en) * 2007-07-03 2009-01-08 Seelig Jerald C Descending Qualification Community Game
US8992306B2 (en) 2007-07-30 2015-03-31 Igt Gaming system and method providing variable payback percentages
US8915786B2 (en) 2007-08-09 2014-12-23 Igt Gaming system and method providing simultaneous gaming with linked paytable events
AU2008229983B2 (en) * 2007-10-26 2010-07-15 Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited A gaming system and method of gaming
US8398473B2 (en) * 2007-11-08 2013-03-19 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method providing a card game with payouts based on odds of achieving certain events
AU2008252055B2 (en) * 2007-12-20 2012-04-19 Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited A method of gaming, a game controller and a gaming sytem
US7942418B2 (en) 2008-01-10 2011-05-17 Cfph, Llc Card game with counting
AU2009201235A1 (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-15 Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited A gaming system and method of gaming
US9928680B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2018-03-27 Cfph, Llc Gaming statistics
US8147308B2 (en) * 2008-10-21 2012-04-03 Cfph, Llc State save in game
US10553067B2 (en) 2008-10-16 2020-02-04 Cfph, Llc Card selection and display and restoration
US9761082B2 (en) * 2008-10-17 2017-09-12 Cfph, Llc Card selection
US8308543B2 (en) * 2008-10-28 2012-11-13 Cfph, Llc Reshuffle timing
US8662978B2 (en) 2008-10-21 2014-03-04 Cfph, Llc Display change and/or state save in game and/or game series
US20100105457A1 (en) * 2008-10-23 2010-04-29 Miller Mark A Saving state between sessions
US8147307B2 (en) * 2008-11-03 2012-04-03 Cfph, Llc Display in change game series
US8137173B2 (en) * 2008-10-23 2012-03-20 Cfph, Llc Multi session gaming
US8287346B2 (en) * 2008-11-03 2012-10-16 Cfph, Llc Late game series information change
US8408988B2 (en) * 2008-11-03 2013-04-02 Cfph, Llc Hiding card information
US8192266B2 (en) * 2008-10-16 2012-06-05 Cfph, Llc Multi-stage card select
US8226460B2 (en) * 2008-10-24 2012-07-24 Cfph, Llc Deck restoration in game series
US9320966B2 (en) 2008-10-16 2016-04-26 Cfph, Llc Card selection and display and restoration
US8657656B2 (en) * 2008-10-28 2014-02-25 Cfph, Llc Determination of restoration event
US9320963B2 (en) * 2008-10-20 2016-04-26 Cfph, Llc Two stage card select
US20100120516A1 (en) * 2008-11-07 2010-05-13 Signature Gaming, Llc System and method for providing electronic gaming machines with variable payouts based on random events
US8376836B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2013-02-19 Igt Server based gaming system and method for providing deferral of bonus events
US20100120517A1 (en) * 2008-11-11 2010-05-13 Signature Gaming, Llc System and method for utilizing accumulated rewards for game play
US8092302B2 (en) 2008-11-12 2012-01-10 Igt Gaming system, gaming device and method providing tiered progressive bonusing system
US8152630B2 (en) 2008-11-13 2012-04-10 Igt Gaming system and method having bonus event and bonus event award in accordance with a current wager and one or more accumulated bonus event points
US8632388B2 (en) * 2008-11-13 2014-01-21 Igt Gaming device and method of providing an adjusted paytable for a number of future plays of a game
IL196915A (en) * 2009-02-05 2015-11-30 Alexander Stern Lotto game
US20120220357A1 (en) * 2009-02-05 2012-08-30 Alexander Stern Method and kit of tools for playing lotto games
US20140162746A1 (en) * 2009-02-05 2014-06-12 Alexander Stern Method and kit of tools for playing lotto games
US8092299B2 (en) 2009-11-05 2012-01-10 Igt Gaming system and method for normalizing average expected payouts to players
US8608543B2 (en) 2009-11-10 2013-12-17 Igt Gaming system and method for providing an incremental wagering game
US9336648B2 (en) * 2009-11-11 2016-05-10 Igt Gaming system and method for providing symbol combinations with dynamic awards
US8968083B2 (en) * 2009-11-12 2015-03-03 Igt Gaming system and method for dynamically grouping gaming devices to provide progressive awards
US10453299B2 (en) * 2009-12-23 2019-10-22 Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited Method of enabling restoration of games and a method of restoring games
AU2011202309A1 (en) 2010-05-27 2011-12-15 Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited A gaming machine and a method of gaming
US20120077579A1 (en) * 2010-09-24 2012-03-29 Multimedia Games, Inc. Wagering game, gaming machine, gaming system and method with game play interrupt and resume
US8545312B2 (en) 2011-09-22 2013-10-01 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method changing awards available to be won in pending plays of a game based on a quantity of concurrently pending plays of the game
US8814656B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2014-08-26 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method providing one or more wild reel wager options
US8475253B1 (en) 2011-12-15 2013-07-02 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method providing a card game having a discarded card re-insertion feature
US8814661B2 (en) 2011-12-20 2014-08-26 Igt Gaming machines having normal and hot modes
US20140248937A1 (en) * 2012-05-09 2014-09-04 Anthony Singer Systems and methods of providing a gaming system accessible via a global computer network
US9524614B2 (en) 2012-09-25 2016-12-20 Igt Gaming system and method for permanently increasing the average expected payback percentage of a game for a player
US8840457B1 (en) 2013-03-04 2014-09-23 Igt Gaming system and method providing a slot game employing a randomly selected set of reels
US9098847B2 (en) 2013-03-08 2015-08-04 Igt Gaming system and method for providing a game including roaming wild symbols
US20150018072A1 (en) 2013-07-09 2015-01-15 Igt Gaming system and method for resuming a skill-based game after an interruption event
US9633516B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2017-04-25 Igt Gaming system and method enabling a player to earn a play of a bonus game using one device and to redeem the earned play for an enhanced play of the bonus game on another device
US10068415B2 (en) 2014-04-08 2018-09-04 Igt Gaming system and method providing a multiplayer secondary game having an outcome determined based on play of a primary game of at least one, but not all, of the multiplayer secondary game players
US9795879B2 (en) * 2014-12-31 2017-10-24 Sony Interactive Entertainment America Llc Game state save, transfer and resume for cloud gaming
US9997019B2 (en) 2015-04-15 2018-06-12 Allen Stone Slot machine
US10403098B2 (en) 2015-04-15 2019-09-03 Allen Stone Slot machine
US10950097B2 (en) 2015-04-15 2021-03-16 Allen Stone Slot machine
US9773374B2 (en) 2015-04-15 2017-09-26 Allen Stone Slot machine
US11158170B2 (en) 2019-09-03 2021-10-26 Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited Systems and methods for multiplayer gaming
US11158171B2 (en) 2019-09-03 2021-10-26 Aristocrat Technologies, Inc Systems and methods for multiplayer gaming

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4218063A (en) * 1978-03-07 1980-08-19 G.L.S. Partnership Electronic system for playing bingo
US5193815A (en) * 1992-04-22 1993-03-16 Pollard Banknote Limited Instant bingo game and game card therefor
US5411260A (en) * 1994-05-31 1995-05-02 Dittler Brothers Incorporated Game
US5560610A (en) * 1993-04-22 1996-10-01 Scientific Games Inc. Instant bingo game card
US5772510A (en) * 1995-10-26 1998-06-30 Loto Mark Incorporated Lottery ticket and system

Family Cites Families (139)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2205471A (en) * 1938-06-04 1940-06-25 David R Fagerholm Amusement device
US2474573A (en) * 1947-04-21 1949-06-28 Cohen Abe Henry Game board of the lotto type
US2812182A (en) 1950-10-25 1957-11-05 Fiorino James Rotating disk amusement device
US2743108A (en) * 1955-01-17 1956-04-24 Ardis G Sanders Arithmetical bingo game apparatus
US2842368A (en) * 1956-11-02 1958-07-08 Myron H Williams Game apparatus
US3505646A (en) * 1965-10-21 1970-04-07 Auerbach Corp For Information Automatic parimutuel wagering system
US3549150A (en) 1967-08-23 1970-12-22 James F Weeks Color-number association game apparatus
US3655199A (en) * 1969-11-20 1972-04-11 Haruo Ohki Motor driven rotatable drum chance device
US3843133A (en) * 1973-09-04 1974-10-22 P Brown Game apparatus for playing and recording successive plays in a game
US4033588A (en) * 1975-06-16 1977-07-05 Watts James P Automatic keno game
US4066264A (en) * 1975-08-14 1978-01-03 Rowman Philip J Drum halting system for game apparatus
US4015850A (en) * 1975-09-02 1977-04-05 Mitchell John Russell Bingo dice game
US4126851A (en) 1975-11-03 1978-11-21 Okor Joseph K Programmable television game system
US4093215A (en) * 1976-06-04 1978-06-06 Ballard Chester P Chance operated simulated card game
DE2711421C3 (en) * 1977-03-16 1979-12-20 Jens 6000 Frankfurt Freese Television game circuit for displaying the functions of several simulated vehicles on the screen of a television or television projector
DE2724153B1 (en) 1977-05-27 1978-08-24 Siemens Ag Television distribution or cable television system
US4149727A (en) * 1977-12-22 1979-04-17 Penney Jerry A Game apparatus
US4247106A (en) * 1978-04-12 1981-01-27 Jerrold Electronics Corporation System arrangement for distribution and use of video games
GB2049439B (en) * 1978-10-07 1983-02-02 Burgess D M Audience participation computer game
US4372558A (en) * 1978-11-21 1983-02-08 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Remote game apparatus
US4335809A (en) * 1979-02-13 1982-06-22 Barcrest Limited Entertainment machines
US4322612A (en) * 1979-10-22 1982-03-30 General Instrument Corporation Self-service wagering system
US4339798A (en) * 1979-12-17 1982-07-13 Remote Dynamics Remote gaming system
US4467424A (en) * 1979-12-17 1984-08-21 Hedges Richard A Remote gaming system
US4494197A (en) * 1980-12-11 1985-01-15 Seymour Troy Automatic lottery system
US4517656A (en) * 1981-05-11 1985-05-14 Texas Instruments Incorporated Programmable game with virtual CPU's sharing ALU and memory for simultaneous execution of independent game inputs
US4443012A (en) * 1981-03-02 1984-04-17 Makovic Edward M Combination card and dice game
US4359227A (en) 1981-03-30 1982-11-16 Joseph Porciello Game of chance
GB2098778A (en) 1981-04-02 1982-11-24 Questenco Ltd Game-playing machines
JPS5815879A (en) * 1981-07-20 1983-01-29 カシオ計算機株式会社 Electronic game apparatus
US4572509A (en) * 1982-09-30 1986-02-25 Sitrick David H Video game network
US4506890A (en) * 1983-01-17 1985-03-26 Murry Edward J Electronic dice game
US4760527A (en) * 1983-04-05 1988-07-26 Sidley Joseph D H System for interactively playing poker with a plurality of players
JPS59186580A (en) * 1983-04-08 1984-10-23 株式会社ユニバ−サル Throttle machine
US4570930A (en) * 1983-10-03 1986-02-18 At&T Bell Laboratories System, method, and station interface arrangement for playing video game over telephone lines
JPS60106479A (en) * 1983-11-14 1985-06-11 株式会社ユニバーサル Throttle machine
US4636174A (en) * 1983-11-17 1987-01-13 University Of Illinois Cluster computer based education delivery system
US4837728A (en) * 1984-01-25 1989-06-06 Igt Multiple progressive gaming system that freezes payouts at start of game
JPS60222077A (en) * 1984-04-19 1985-11-06 株式会社ナナオ Game machine
US4720108A (en) * 1984-09-14 1988-01-19 Gramera Robert E Visual system differentiating identical sums of two numbered dice
US4648602A (en) 1985-10-21 1987-03-10 Maroney Ralf P Dice game apparatus
US4752068A (en) * 1985-11-07 1988-06-21 Namco Ltd. Video game machine for business use
US4695053A (en) * 1986-03-07 1987-09-22 Bally Manufacturing Corporation Gaming device having player selectable winning combinations
GB8611455D0 (en) 1986-05-10 1986-06-18 Bell Fruit Mfg Co Ltd Gaming & amusement machines
GB8711937D0 (en) 1987-05-20 1987-06-24 Barcrest Ltd Entertainment machine
US4834386A (en) * 1987-10-19 1989-05-30 Mark Rosenthal Dice game
GB2215623B (en) * 1987-10-23 1991-07-31 Rotation Limited Apparatus for playing a game for one or more players and to games played with the apparatus
US4836553A (en) * 1988-04-18 1989-06-06 Caribbean Stud Enterprises, Inc. Poker game
US5043889A (en) * 1989-01-30 1991-08-27 Lucey Trevor C Automated golf sweepstakes game
US4995615A (en) * 1989-07-10 1991-02-26 Cheng Kuan H Method and apparatus for performing fair card play
JP2660586B2 (en) * 1989-10-17 1997-10-08 株式会社セガ・エンタープライゼス Face-to-face game machine
US5112050A (en) * 1990-01-05 1992-05-12 John R. Koza Broadcast lottery
US5031914A (en) * 1990-01-29 1991-07-16 Mark Rosenthal Electronic dice game
US5102134A (en) * 1990-02-08 1992-04-07 Ainsworth Nominees Pty., Ltd. Multiple tier random number generator
US4986546A (en) * 1990-02-26 1991-01-22 Cerulla Frederick A Horse racing board game
US5129652A (en) * 1991-02-04 1992-07-14 Wilkinson William T Casino drawing/lottery game and case/prize management system
GB9104099D0 (en) 1991-02-27 1991-04-17 Bell Fruit Mfg Co Ltd Gaming or amusement machines
US5205555A (en) * 1991-05-23 1993-04-27 Takasago Electric Industry Co., Ltd. Electronic gaming machine
AU670422B2 (en) 1991-12-25 1996-07-18 Kabushiki Kaisha Ace Denken Display system in game machine island
US5803451A (en) * 1992-10-02 1998-09-08 Rlt Acquisition, Inc. Arcade game having multiple score indicators
US5301952A (en) * 1992-11-06 1994-04-12 Fitzgerald Stanley E Game apparatus
US5290033A (en) * 1992-12-02 1994-03-01 Bittner Harold G Gaming machine and coupons
US5393061A (en) 1992-12-16 1995-02-28 Spielo Manufacturing Incorporated Video gaming machine
US5393067A (en) * 1993-01-21 1995-02-28 Igt System, method and apparatus for generating large jackpots on live game card tables
US5356140A (en) * 1993-04-14 1994-10-18 Dabrowski Stanley P Double poker
US5324041A (en) * 1993-04-26 1994-06-28 Bet Technology, Inc. High card wagering game
US5374060A (en) 1993-06-24 1994-12-20 Total Communication Programs, Inc. Method of wagering at a racetrack
JP3113127B2 (en) * 1993-07-15 2000-11-27 株式会社エース電研 Rotary drum type accessory device for gaming machines
US5417424A (en) * 1993-09-28 1995-05-23 Gtech Corporation Player operated win checker appended to lottery agent terminal
US5380008A (en) * 1993-12-03 1995-01-10 Spintek International Electronic gaming apparatus
US5482289A (en) * 1994-01-18 1996-01-09 Gary Weingardt Trust, A Nevada Trust Method of playing a bingo game with progressive jackpot
CA2180951C (en) * 1994-01-18 2005-06-07 Gary Weingardt Bingo game
US5909875A (en) * 1994-01-18 1999-06-08 Weingardt; Gary Keno game
US5401024A (en) * 1994-05-09 1995-03-28 Wms Gaming Inc. Keno type video gaming device
US5564977A (en) 1994-08-25 1996-10-15 Trans-Lux Corporation Integrated racetrack display system including display of periodic parimutuel data
US6334814B1 (en) * 1994-09-23 2002-01-01 Anchor Gaming Method of playing game and gaming games with an additional payout indicator
US5823874A (en) 1994-09-23 1998-10-20 Anchor Gaming Method of playing game and gaming device with an additional payout indicator
US5848932A (en) 1994-09-23 1998-12-15 Anchor Gaming Method of playing game and gaming games with an additional payout indicator
US5624119A (en) * 1995-04-24 1997-04-29 Prisms, Llc Multiple variable game equipment and system for generating game faces
US5611730A (en) * 1995-04-25 1997-03-18 Casino Data Systems Progressive gaming system tailored for use in multiple remote sites: apparatus and method
US5489096A (en) * 1995-04-27 1996-02-06 Double Win, Ltd. Ticket systems for wagering on sports events
US5573248A (en) 1995-05-15 1996-11-12 Parra; Anthony C. Casino dice game apparatus using three dice and played on a semicircular gaming table
US6315291B1 (en) 1995-06-28 2001-11-13 Ernest W. Moody Multiple play keno games
US6120378A (en) * 1996-06-17 2000-09-19 Ernest W. Moody Multi-line slot machine method
US6364313B1 (en) * 1995-06-28 2002-04-02 Ernest W. Moody Multiple play keno game with bonus feature
US5768382A (en) * 1995-11-22 1998-06-16 Walker Asset Management Limited Partnership Remote-auditing of computer generated outcomes and authenticated biling and access control system using cryptographic and other protocols
US6379245B2 (en) * 1995-09-11 2002-04-30 David De Keller Casino method and device therefor
US5964463A (en) 1995-09-15 1999-10-12 Gulf Coast Gaming Corporation Method of playing a dice game
US6213876B1 (en) * 1995-09-15 2001-04-10 Naif Moore, Jr. Method of playing dice game
US5613679A (en) * 1995-11-17 1997-03-25 Casa; Nikko Method of playing a lottery game
US5823875A (en) 1996-01-11 1998-10-20 Game Data, Inc. Wager receiving apparatus in a casino game
US5669817A (en) * 1996-01-25 1997-09-23 Tarantino; Elia R. Casino card table with video display
AUPN836296A0 (en) * 1996-02-28 1996-03-21 Aristocrat Leisure Industries Pty Ltd Roaming wild card
US5772509A (en) * 1996-03-25 1998-06-30 Casino Data Systems Interactive gaming device
US5816918A (en) 1996-04-05 1998-10-06 Rlt Acquistion, Inc. Prize redemption system for games
US5649704A (en) * 1996-06-25 1997-07-22 Dobbin; Terry L. Dice game method
JP3698491B2 (en) * 1996-07-02 2005-09-21 株式会社ドラゴン TV type baccarat game device
US6062981A (en) * 1996-07-19 2000-05-16 International Game Technology Gaming system with zero-volatility hold
CA2182056C (en) * 1996-07-25 1999-12-07 Mitsuhito Harada Dice, dice game machine, and dice game system
US5833538A (en) 1996-08-20 1998-11-10 Casino Data Systems Automatically varying multiple theoretical expectations on a gaming device: apparatus and method
US5816915A (en) 1996-08-27 1998-10-06 Kadlic; Thomas P. Pick one poker method of play
US5984779A (en) 1996-09-18 1999-11-16 Bridgeman; James Continuous real time Pari-Mutuel method
US5868618A (en) * 1996-09-30 1999-02-09 Neil J. Netley Poker game method
US5890963A (en) * 1996-09-30 1999-04-06 Yen; Wei System and method for maintaining continuous and progressive game play in a computer network
US5833537A (en) * 1996-09-30 1998-11-10 Forever Endeavor Software, Inc. Gaming apparatus and method with persistence effect
US6270412B1 (en) * 1996-10-25 2001-08-07 Sigma Game, Inc. Slot machine with symbol save feature
US6113492A (en) * 1997-06-30 2000-09-05 Walker Digital, Llc Gaming device for operating in a reverse payout mode and a method of operating same
US5788240A (en) * 1997-02-28 1998-08-04 Feinberg; Isadore Method of playing a keno-type craps game
US6471208B2 (en) 1997-03-12 2002-10-29 Shuffle Master, Inc. Method of playing a game, apparatus for playing a game and game with multiplier bonus feature
US5732948A (en) * 1997-03-13 1998-03-31 Shuffle Master, Inc. Dice game method
US6120377A (en) * 1997-03-17 2000-09-19 Mcginnis, Sr.; Richard G. Method of playing a wagering game
US6123333A (en) * 1997-03-17 2000-09-26 Mcginnis, Sr.; Richard G. Method of playing a wagering game
US5938196A (en) * 1997-05-07 1999-08-17 Universal De Desarrollos Electronicos, S.A. Reel type slot machine with physical mapping to control the win odds
US6368214B1 (en) * 1997-05-31 2002-04-09 Sierra Design Group Method and device for playing a keno game in which a player is charged for performing game playing actions
US6003867A (en) 1997-06-13 1999-12-21 Unislot, Inc. Reel type slot machine utilizing time-based random game result selection means
US6102400A (en) * 1997-10-14 2000-08-15 Bad Beat Gaming, Llc Method of playing a keno game with a bonus payout
NZ504365A (en) * 1997-11-19 2003-02-28 Robert A A method, apparatus and system for lottery gaming
US6173955B1 (en) * 1998-12-22 2001-01-16 Mikohn Gaming Corporation Poker dice casino game method of play
US6176781B1 (en) * 1998-01-09 2001-01-23 Walker Digital, Llc Electronic amusement device and method for operating same
US6068552A (en) * 1998-03-31 2000-05-30 Walker Digital, Llc Gaming device and method of operation thereof
US6183361B1 (en) * 1998-06-05 2001-02-06 Leisure Time Technology, Inc. Finite and pari-mutual video keno
US20020055381A1 (en) * 1999-04-23 2002-05-09 Tarantino Elia Rocco Multi-player game and gaming system
US6270411B1 (en) * 1999-09-10 2001-08-07 Wms Gaming Inc. Gaming machine with animated reel symbols for payoff
US6443837B1 (en) 1999-05-26 2002-09-03 Wms Gaming Inc. Bonus games for gaming machines with strategy options
US6592457B1 (en) 1999-05-26 2003-07-15 Wms Gaming Inc. Gaming machine with player selected events
US6286834B1 (en) * 1999-07-23 2001-09-11 Igt Methods and apparatus for playing wagering games
US6273423B1 (en) * 1999-09-08 2001-08-14 Rocco R. Promutico Game of chance using six dice
US6346043B1 (en) * 1999-09-13 2002-02-12 International Game Technology Image matching game method and apparatus
US6368212B1 (en) * 1999-10-06 2002-04-09 Ernest W. Moody Five card keno
US6669559B1 (en) 2000-06-28 2003-12-30 Igt Gaming device with bonus scheme providing increased reward for selecting related symbols
US6569013B1 (en) * 2000-07-14 2003-05-27 William Arthur Taylor Method for playing a video gaming machine
US20040067790A1 (en) * 2000-08-31 2004-04-08 Peterson Lance R. Gaming device having multiple terminating symbols
US6554703B1 (en) * 2000-10-12 2003-04-29 Igt Gaming device having multiple audio, video or audio-video exhibitions associated with related symbols
US6585588B2 (en) * 2001-03-22 2003-07-01 Shuffle Master, Inc. Multiple play high card game with insurance bet
US6628939B2 (en) 2001-06-15 2003-09-30 Igt Personal gaming device
US6890255B2 (en) * 2001-12-17 2005-05-10 Igt Multiple wheel roulette game
US20050054415A1 (en) * 2003-09-10 2005-03-10 Kaminkow Joseph E. Gaming device having matching game with dual random generating and player picking of symbols
AU2006327123B2 (en) * 2005-12-09 2012-04-12 Igt Rotor-based gaming device having a secondary award system
US7708630B2 (en) * 2005-12-09 2010-05-04 Igt Rotor-based gaming device having a system for changing the quantity of potential game outcomes for subsequent plays

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4218063A (en) * 1978-03-07 1980-08-19 G.L.S. Partnership Electronic system for playing bingo
US5193815A (en) * 1992-04-22 1993-03-16 Pollard Banknote Limited Instant bingo game and game card therefor
US5560610A (en) * 1993-04-22 1996-10-01 Scientific Games Inc. Instant bingo game card
US5411260A (en) * 1994-05-31 1995-05-02 Dittler Brothers Incorporated Game
US5772510A (en) * 1995-10-26 1998-06-30 Loto Mark Incorporated Lottery ticket and system

Cited By (248)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060040730A1 (en) * 1997-06-23 2006-02-23 Walker Jay S Systems, methods and apparatus for facilitating a flat rate play session on a gaming device and example player interfaces to facilitate such
US8360857B2 (en) 1997-06-23 2013-01-29 Igt Systems, methods and apparatus for facilitating a flat rate play session on a gaming device and example player interfaces to facilitate such
US8235782B2 (en) 1998-03-31 2012-08-07 Zynga Inc. Method and apparatus for team play of slot machines
US20040242297A1 (en) * 1998-03-31 2004-12-02 Walker Jay S. Method and apparatus for team play of slot machines
US20100167802A1 (en) * 1998-03-31 2010-07-01 Walker Jay S Method and apparatus for team play of slot machines
US20070077985A1 (en) * 1998-03-31 2007-04-05 Walker Jay S Multiplayer gaming device and methods
US7695358B2 (en) 1998-03-31 2010-04-13 Walker Digital, Llc Method and apparatus for team play of slot machines
US8047909B2 (en) 1998-03-31 2011-11-01 Walker Digital, Llc Method and apparatus for linked play gaming with combined outcomes and shared indicia
US20040267386A1 (en) * 1999-07-15 2004-12-30 Aaron Hightower System and method of vehicle competition with enhanced ghosting features
US7785191B2 (en) * 2000-08-28 2010-08-31 Igt Slot machine game having a plurality of ways for a user to obtain payouts based on selection of one or more symbols (power pays)
US7744458B2 (en) 2000-08-28 2010-06-29 Igt Slot machine game having a plurality of ways for a user to obtain payouts based on selection of one or more symbols (power pays)
US20060281538A1 (en) * 2000-10-13 2006-12-14 Rite-Solutions, Inc. System, method, and article of manufacture for multi-player gaming from an off-site location
US8317616B2 (en) * 2000-10-13 2012-11-27 Rite-Solutions, Inc. System, method, and article of manufacture for multi-player gaming from an off-site location
US20110059790A1 (en) * 2000-11-10 2011-03-10 Case Venture Management, Llc Multi-Stage Multi-Bet Game, Gaming Device, and Method
US20110287830A1 (en) * 2001-07-24 2011-11-24 Igt Gaming system, gaming device and method for offering a guaranteed win
US9005012B2 (en) 2001-07-24 2015-04-14 Igt Gaming system, gaming device and method for offering a guaranteed win
US8998700B2 (en) * 2001-07-24 2015-04-07 Igt Gaming system, gaming device and method for offering a guaranteed win
US20060211479A1 (en) * 2001-09-25 2006-09-21 Walker Jay S Method and apparatus for linked play gaming
US8231457B2 (en) * 2001-11-23 2012-07-31 Igt Financial trading game
US20080146304A1 (en) * 2001-11-23 2008-06-19 Igt Financial trading game
US20050096114A1 (en) * 2001-11-30 2005-05-05 Igt Method, apparatus and system for perpetual bonus game
US8678900B2 (en) * 2001-11-30 2014-03-25 Igt Method, apparatus and system for perpetual bonus game
US9633510B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2017-04-25 Igt Method, apparatus and system for perpetual bonus game
US9396607B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2016-07-19 Igt Method, apparatus and system for perpetual bonus game
US20040038741A1 (en) * 2002-08-22 2004-02-26 Michael Gauselmann Progressive jackpot gaming system
US7674182B2 (en) * 2002-08-22 2010-03-09 Atronic International Gmbh Progressive jackpot gaming system
US7690986B2 (en) * 2002-09-11 2010-04-06 Igt Gaming device having a probability enhancing trigger symbol
US20060199636A1 (en) * 2002-09-11 2006-09-07 Igt Gaming device having a probability enhancing trigger symbol
US20040077408A1 (en) * 2002-10-21 2004-04-22 D'amico Michael H. Gaming award method and apparatus
GB2425732A (en) * 2003-02-20 2006-11-08 Sega Corp Game machine with removable storage medium
GB2425732B (en) * 2003-02-20 2007-05-09 Sega Corp Game machine
US20120077595A1 (en) * 2003-03-01 2012-03-29 The Directv Group, Inc. Television interactive gaming having a local storage of game portal
US20050014554A1 (en) * 2003-03-04 2005-01-20 Walker Jay S. Multiplayer gaming device and methods
US20050027643A1 (en) * 2003-04-02 2005-02-03 Cfph, Llc System and method for wagering based on the movement of financial markets
US10467845B2 (en) 2003-04-02 2019-11-05 Cfph, Llc System and method for wagering based on the movement of financial markets
US20110130189A1 (en) * 2003-04-02 2011-06-02 Asher Joseph M System and Method for Wagering-Based Transferable Financial Instruments
US8543487B2 (en) 2003-04-02 2013-09-24 Cantor Index, Llc System and method for wagering-based transferable financial instruments
US7962400B2 (en) * 2003-04-02 2011-06-14 Cfph, Llc System and method for wagering based on the movement of financial markets
US11030845B2 (en) 2003-04-02 2021-06-08 Cantor Index Llc System and method for wagering based on the movement of financial markets
US20070207849A1 (en) * 2003-04-02 2007-09-06 Cantor Index Llc System and Method for Wagering-Based Transferable Financial Instruments
US20070060316A1 (en) * 2003-04-09 2007-03-15 Stargames Corporation Party Limited Communal slot system and method for operating same
US7108602B2 (en) 2003-07-08 2006-09-19 Bally Gaming International, Inc. Multi-reel slot machine with selectable reel play
US20050009596A1 (en) * 2003-07-08 2005-01-13 Daly Terence Gerard Bonus game using a subset of reels
US20060287036A1 (en) * 2003-07-08 2006-12-21 Daly Terence G Multi-reel slot machine with selectable reel play
US6896617B2 (en) 2003-07-08 2005-05-24 Bally Gaming International, Inc. Multi-reel slot machine with selectable reel play
US7351144B2 (en) 2003-07-08 2008-04-01 Bally Gaming, Inc. Bonus game using a subset of reels
US7361089B2 (en) 2003-07-08 2008-04-22 Bally Gaming, Inc. Multi-reel slot machine with selectable reel play
US20050164777A1 (en) * 2003-07-08 2005-07-28 Bally Gaming International, Inc. Multi-reel slot machine with selectable reel play
US20150018065A1 (en) * 2003-07-23 2015-01-15 Igt Methods and apparatus for a competitive bonus game with variable odds
US20120094752A1 (en) * 2003-07-23 2012-04-19 Igt Methods and apparatus for a competitive bonus game with variable odds
US8574066B2 (en) * 2003-07-23 2013-11-05 Igt Methods and apparatus for a competitive bonus game with variable odds
US8882585B2 (en) 2003-07-23 2014-11-11 Igt Methods and apparatus for a competitive bonus game with variable odds
US7651392B2 (en) 2003-07-30 2010-01-26 Igt Gaming device system having partial progressive payout
WO2005016471A1 (en) * 2003-08-06 2005-02-24 Colepat, Llc Method and apparatus for playing a multi-player game
US20050055113A1 (en) * 2003-09-05 2005-03-10 Atronic International Gmbh Multiple progressive jackpots for a gaming device
US7578739B2 (en) * 2003-09-05 2009-08-25 Atronic International Gmbh Multiple progressive jackpots for a gaming device
US20050059474A1 (en) * 2003-09-12 2005-03-17 Stargames Limited Communal slot system and method for operating same
US8202156B2 (en) * 2003-09-16 2012-06-19 Igt Method and apparatus for awarding individual or group point multiplication
US20070117616A1 (en) * 2003-09-16 2007-05-24 Igt Method and apparatus for awarding individual or group point multiplication
US8545314B2 (en) 2003-09-16 2013-10-01 Igt Method and apparatus for awarding individual or group point multiplication
US9449462B2 (en) 2003-09-16 2016-09-20 Igt Method and apparatus for awarding individual or group point multiplication
US8805732B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2014-08-12 Cantor Index, Llc System and method for offering intraday wagering in a financial market environment
US8204808B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2012-06-19 Cantor Index, Llc Computer graphics processing methods and systems for presentation of graphics objects or text in a wagering environment with market chaining
US8147313B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2012-04-03 Cantor Index Llc Computer graphics processing and system for displaying wagering information for dynamic financial market indicators
US8128474B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2012-03-06 Cantor Index, Llc Computer graphics processing methods and systems for presentation of graphics objects or text in a wagering environment
US20070111777A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2007-05-17 Lee Amaitis Computer graphics processing methods and systems for presentation of graphics objects or text in a wagering environment
US8086510B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2011-12-27 Cantor Index, Llc Computer graphics processing methods and systems for presentation of graphics objects or text in a wagering environment with suspect wager checking
US20070129138A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2007-06-07 Lee Amaitis Computer graphics processing methods and systems for presentation of graphics objects or text in a wagering environment with suspect wager checking
US20070123336A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2007-05-31 Lee Amaitis Computer graphics processing methods and systems for presentation of graphics objects or text in a wagering environment with wager approval
US11380167B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2022-07-05 Cantor Index, Llc System and method for offering intraday wagering in a financial market environment
US8535138B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2013-09-17 Cantor Index, Llc Computer graphics processing and system for displaying wagering information for dynamic financial market indicators
US8585490B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2013-11-19 Cantor Index, Llc Computer graphics processing methods and systems for presentation of graphic objects
US8342942B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2013-01-01 Cantor Index, Llc System and method for creating betting instruments
US8473393B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2013-06-25 Cantor Index, Llc Financial market wagering
US20100173698A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2010-07-08 Christopher John Davie System and method for offering intraday wagering in a financial market environment
US7937318B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2011-05-03 Cantor Index, Llc System and method for offering intraday wagering in a financial market environment
US11068975B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2021-07-20 Cantor Index, Llc Computer graphics processing methods and systems for validating one wager based on another
US20070117624A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2007-05-24 Lee Amaitis Computer graphics processing methods and systems for presentation of graphics objects or text in a wagering environment with market chaining
US7835961B2 (en) 2004-03-05 2010-11-16 Cantor Index Llc System and method for wagering in a financial market environment
US20050197948A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2005-09-08 Davie Christopher J. System and method for wagering in a financial market environment
US9005015B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2015-04-14 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US9224266B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2015-12-29 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US8556710B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2013-10-15 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US9852580B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2017-12-26 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US8876591B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2014-11-04 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US8864575B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2014-10-21 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US8430747B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2013-04-30 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US8814648B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2014-08-26 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US8727871B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2014-05-20 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US8444480B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2013-05-21 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
US8449380B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2013-05-28 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming machines which provide bonus awards
GB2432959B (en) * 2004-08-25 2009-08-12 Wms Gaming Inc Wagering game with board game feature for payoffs
US20070259706A1 (en) * 2004-08-25 2007-11-08 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering Game With Board-Game Feature For Payoffs
US7896734B2 (en) 2004-09-01 2011-03-01 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US7666092B2 (en) 2004-09-01 2010-02-23 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US20060046821A1 (en) * 2004-09-01 2006-03-02 Kaminkow Joseph E Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US8057308B2 (en) 2004-09-01 2011-11-15 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US20070149292A1 (en) * 2004-09-01 2007-06-28 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US20060046823A1 (en) * 2004-09-01 2006-03-02 Kaminkow Joseph E Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US9349250B2 (en) 2004-09-01 2016-05-24 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US7771270B2 (en) 2004-09-01 2010-08-10 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US20080070702A1 (en) * 2004-09-01 2008-03-20 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US20080020842A1 (en) * 2004-09-01 2008-01-24 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US20080051168A1 (en) * 2004-09-01 2008-02-28 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US8419549B2 (en) 2004-09-01 2013-04-16 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US8246472B2 (en) 2004-09-01 2012-08-21 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US20080020817A1 (en) * 2004-09-01 2008-01-24 Igt Gaming system having multiple gaming devices that share a multi-outcome display
US20110053683A1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2011-03-03 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game with shared payoff based on multiple player selections
US8512147B2 (en) 2004-09-30 2013-08-20 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game with shared payoff based on multiple player selections
US9011251B2 (en) 2004-09-30 2015-04-21 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game with shared payoff based on multiple player selections
US20060073868A1 (en) * 2004-10-01 2006-04-06 Dennis Nordman Gaming system having a plurality of adjacently arranged gaming machines and a mechanical moveable indicator operable to individually indicate the gaming machines
US8651939B2 (en) 2004-10-01 2014-02-18 Igt Gaming system having a plurality of adjacently arranged gaming machines and a mechanical moveable indicator operable to individually indicate the gaming machines
US20060105836A1 (en) * 2004-11-12 2006-05-18 Walker Jay S Method and apparatus for pausing a flat rate play gaming session
US8133120B2 (en) * 2005-01-18 2012-03-13 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game with alternating picks
US20060160625A1 (en) * 2005-01-18 2006-07-20 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game with alternating picks
US8939841B2 (en) * 2005-01-18 2015-01-27 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game with alternating picks
US20120172113A1 (en) * 2005-01-18 2012-07-05 Englman Allon G Wagering Game with Alternating Picks
US20070021191A1 (en) * 2005-02-15 2007-01-25 White Michael L Method and apparatus for storing information on a wager gaming voucher
US7713122B2 (en) 2005-02-23 2010-05-11 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game with bonus game elements dictated by basic game
US20060189379A1 (en) * 2005-02-23 2006-08-24 Wms Gaming, Inc. Wagering game with bonus game elements dictated by basic game
US20060199634A1 (en) * 2005-03-03 2006-09-07 Wms Gaming Inc. Wagering game with free-play outcome having a changing multiplier feature
US10043339B2 (en) 2005-03-29 2018-08-07 Igt Methods and systems for determining and selling outcomes for drawing games to be viewed remotely
US20070167216A1 (en) * 2005-03-29 2007-07-19 Walker Jay S Methods and systems for determining and selling outcomes for drawing games to be viewed remotely
US9168452B2 (en) * 2005-03-29 2015-10-27 Igt Methods and systems for determining and selling outcomes for drawing games to be viewed remotely
US20080293476A1 (en) * 2005-05-27 2008-11-27 Bally Gaming, Inc. Ergonomic gaming machine having electromechanical reels
US20060287077A1 (en) * 2005-05-27 2006-12-21 Ted Grav Progressive gaming system
US7744462B2 (en) * 2005-05-27 2010-06-29 Rocket Gaming Systems, Llc Tiered progressive gaming system
US9640017B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2017-05-02 Igt Gaming system and method employing rankings of outcomes from multiple gaming machines to determine awards
US20070054724A1 (en) * 2005-09-02 2007-03-08 Kenneth Scott Match game method and device
US20070111775A1 (en) * 2005-11-15 2007-05-17 Shuffle Master, Inc. Independent data input system for casino play
US8814669B2 (en) 2005-12-08 2014-08-26 Igt Systems and methods for post-play gaming benefits
US9311784B2 (en) 2005-12-08 2016-04-12 Igt Systems and methods for post-play gaming benefits
US20060073884A1 (en) * 2005-12-08 2006-04-06 Walker Jay S Systems and methods for post-play gaming benefits
US10332355B2 (en) 2005-12-08 2019-06-25 Igt Systems and methods for post-play gaming benefits
US8727854B2 (en) * 2006-02-23 2014-05-20 Konami Gaming, Inc System and method for operating a matching game in conjunction with a transaction on a gaming machine
US9286762B2 (en) 2006-02-23 2016-03-15 Konami Gaming, Inc. System and method for operating a matching game in conjunction with a transaction on a gaming machine
US20080015006A1 (en) * 2006-02-23 2008-01-17 Jeffrey George System and method for operating a matching game in conjunction with a transaction on a gaming machine
US8556701B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2013-10-15 Sal Falciglia, Sr. Bingo-type matching game
US8337291B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2012-12-25 Falciglia Sr Sal Multi-player matching game
US20110207519A1 (en) * 2006-03-29 2011-08-25 Falciglia Sr Sal Multi-player matching game
US20080096659A1 (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-04-24 Kreloff Shawn D Wireless communal gaming system
US20180315138A1 (en) * 2006-12-13 2018-11-01 Ordamo Limited Interactive food and drink ordering system
US20080305855A1 (en) * 2007-06-11 2008-12-11 Shuffle Master, Inc. System and method for facilitating back bet wagering
US8147322B2 (en) 2007-06-12 2012-04-03 Walker Digital, Llc Multiplayer gaming device and methods
US8684825B2 (en) 2007-06-12 2014-04-01 Inventor Holdings, Llc Multiplayer gaming device and methods
US8231448B2 (en) 2007-11-09 2012-07-31 Igt Gaming system and method for providing purchasable bonus opportunities
US9092930B2 (en) 2007-11-09 2015-07-28 Igt Gaming system and method for providing purchasable bonus opportunities
US9600961B2 (en) 2007-11-12 2017-03-21 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Player-based compensation
US9142099B2 (en) * 2008-02-20 2015-09-22 Aristocrat Technologies Austrailia PTY Limited Method of gaming, a gaming system and a game controller
US20130040724A1 (en) * 2008-02-20 2013-02-14 Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited Method of gaming, a gaming system and a game controller
US9501907B2 (en) 2008-03-21 2016-11-22 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method and apparatus for generating a virtual win
US8602866B2 (en) 2008-03-21 2013-12-10 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method and apparatus for generating a virtual win
US10032341B2 (en) 2008-03-21 2018-07-24 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method and apparatus for generating a virtual win
US11176783B2 (en) 2008-03-21 2021-11-16 Acres Technology Apparatus for generating a virtual win regardless of the random process
US20090239604A1 (en) * 2008-03-21 2009-09-24 Acres-Fiore Patents Method and apparatus for generating a virtual win
US11037399B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2021-06-15 Acres Technology Generating a score related to play on gaming devices
US10121313B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2018-11-06 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Generating a score related to play on gaming devices
US10657763B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2020-05-19 Acres Technology Generating a score related to play on gaming devices
US9666015B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2017-05-30 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Generating a score related to play on gaming devices
US9947175B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2018-04-17 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Generating a score related to play on gaming devices
US20100004058A1 (en) * 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 Acres-Fiore Shared bonus on gaming device
US11430300B2 (en) 2008-07-03 2022-08-30 Acres Technology Method for sharing game play on an electronic gaming device
US20100004054A1 (en) * 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 Acres-Fiore, Inc. Method of allocating credits for gaming devices
US20100004053A1 (en) * 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 Acres-Fiore, Inc. Method and apparatus for facilitating wagering by multiple players of gaming machines
US20100004057A1 (en) * 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 Acres-Fiore, Inc. Shared game play on gaming device
US10891827B2 (en) 2008-07-03 2021-01-12 Acres Technology Method for sharing game play on an electronic gaming device
US10410467B2 (en) 2008-07-03 2019-09-10 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method for sharing game play on an electronic gaming device
US8192267B2 (en) 2008-07-03 2012-06-05 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Shared game play on gaming device
US9530283B2 (en) 2008-07-03 2016-12-27 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method for sharing game play on an electronic gaming device
US9472064B2 (en) 2008-09-04 2016-10-18 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having variable speed of play
US10846977B2 (en) 2008-09-04 2020-11-24 Acres Technology Game device having variable speed of play
US8657662B2 (en) 2008-09-04 2014-02-25 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having variable speed of play
US9633528B2 (en) 2008-11-17 2017-04-25 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method for configuring casino operations
US11423737B2 (en) 2008-11-17 2022-08-23 Acres Technology Method for configuring casino operations
US10192392B2 (en) 2008-11-17 2019-01-29 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method for configuring casino operations
US10846982B2 (en) 2008-11-17 2020-11-24 Acres Technology Method for configuring casino operations
US20100124965A1 (en) * 2008-11-19 2010-05-20 Johnson Bradley W Playing a video slot game
US20130310183A1 (en) * 2009-01-19 2013-11-21 Wms Gaming, Inc. Transporting and using wagering game data
US9324208B2 (en) * 2009-01-19 2016-04-26 Bally Gaming, Inc. Transporting and using wagering game data
US7717786B1 (en) 2009-01-23 2010-05-18 Falciglia Sr Sal Gaming machine and game having sequential symbol matching feature
US20100203948A1 (en) * 2009-01-23 2010-08-12 Falciglia Sr Sal Gaming machine and game having multiple levels
US9064383B2 (en) 2009-06-23 2015-06-23 Wms Gaming, Inc. Awarding achievements in wagering games
US8323094B2 (en) * 2009-06-23 2012-12-04 Wms Gaming, Inc. Awarding achievements in wagering games
US20120115591A1 (en) * 2009-06-23 2012-05-10 Wms Gaming, Inc. Awarding achievements in wagering games
US10445988B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2019-10-15 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having multiple game play option
US11735012B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2023-08-22 Acres Technology Gaming device having multiple game play option
US9911288B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2018-03-06 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having multiple game play option
US11024132B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2021-06-01 Acres Technology Gaming device having multiple game play option
US8702490B2 (en) 2009-07-24 2014-04-22 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having multiple game play option
US9997007B2 (en) 2009-10-01 2018-06-12 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method and system for implementing mystery bonus in place of base game results on gaming machine
US10916100B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2021-02-09 Acres Technology Outcome determination method for gaming device
US9865133B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2018-01-09 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Outcome determination method for gaming device
US10529189B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2020-01-07 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Outcome determination method for gaming device
US8956214B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2015-02-17 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Outcome determination method for gaming device
US9619973B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2017-04-11 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Outcome determination method for gaming device
US8313369B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2012-11-20 Patent Investments & Licensing Company Outcome determination method for gaming device
US11749064B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2023-09-05 Acres Technology Outcome determination method for gaming device
US10553072B2 (en) 2009-11-10 2020-02-04 Patent Investment & Licensing Company System and method for measuring gaming player behavior
US11847886B2 (en) 2009-11-10 2023-12-19 Acres Technology System and method for measuring gaming player behavior
US10706670B2 (en) 2009-11-16 2020-07-07 Acres Technology Gaming device
US9928682B2 (en) 2009-11-16 2018-03-27 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method for displaying gaming result
US10186112B2 (en) 2009-11-16 2019-01-22 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Method for displaying gaming results
US11727748B2 (en) 2009-11-16 2023-08-15 Acres Technology Gaming device
US9916722B2 (en) 2009-12-03 2018-03-13 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having advance game information analyzer
US9165435B2 (en) 2009-12-03 2015-10-20 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having advance game information analyzer
US11087589B2 (en) 2009-12-03 2021-08-10 Acres Technology Gaming device having advance game information analyzer
US9659429B2 (en) 2009-12-03 2017-05-23 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having advance game information analyzer
US10347079B2 (en) 2009-12-03 2019-07-09 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Gaming device having advance game information analyzer
US10922929B2 (en) 2009-12-03 2021-02-16 Acres Technology Rapid play poker gaming device
US9953490B2 (en) 2009-12-03 2018-04-24 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Rapid play poker gaming device
US10497219B2 (en) 2009-12-03 2019-12-03 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Rapid play poker gaming device
US20110159940A1 (en) * 2009-12-28 2011-06-30 Acres-Fiore Patents Linked game play on gaming devices
US8475254B2 (en) 2009-12-28 2013-07-02 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Linked game play on gaming devices
US11574528B2 (en) 2009-12-28 2023-02-07 Acres Technology Linked game play on gaming machines
US10217327B2 (en) 2009-12-28 2019-02-26 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Linked game play on gaming devices
US10672233B2 (en) 2009-12-28 2020-06-02 Acres Technology Linked game play on gaming machines
US8771055B2 (en) 2010-08-10 2014-07-08 Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited Method of gaming, a gaming system, and a game controller
US9022852B1 (en) * 2010-10-01 2015-05-05 Ptt, Llc Symbol and reel substitution methods for multi-line slot machines
US11017626B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2021-05-25 Acres Technology Means for controlling payback percentage of gaming device
US10964164B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2021-03-30 Acres Technology Means for enhancing game play of gaming device
US10783742B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2020-09-22 Acres Technology Event-based gaming operations for gaming device
US9728043B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2017-08-08 Patent Investment & Licensing Company Means for enhancing game play of gaming device
US11430290B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2022-08-30 Acres Technology Event-based gaming operations for gaming device
US11450177B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2022-09-20 Acres Technology Means for enhancing game play of gaming device
US11488437B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2022-11-01 Acres Technology Means for controlling payback percentage of gaming device
US8905831B2 (en) 2011-09-28 2014-12-09 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method for providing a multiple player persistent game
US8662980B2 (en) 2011-09-28 2014-03-04 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method for providing a multiple player persistent game
US10755526B2 (en) 2011-09-28 2020-08-25 Igt Gaming system and method for providing a persistent game
US9905080B2 (en) 2011-09-28 2018-02-27 Igt Gaming system and method for providing a persistent game
US8475265B2 (en) 2011-09-28 2013-07-02 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method for providing a multiple player persistent game
US9466183B2 (en) 2011-09-28 2016-10-11 Igt Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player persistent game
US20130288801A1 (en) * 2012-03-27 2013-10-31 Ami Entertainment Network, Inc. Method for conducting a venue-wide multiplayer game
US8795063B2 (en) 2012-03-27 2014-08-05 Igt Gaming system, gaming device, and method for providing a multiple player game
US9367994B2 (en) * 2012-05-30 2016-06-14 Zynga Inc. Social collaboration in community casino game offered as player incentive
US20140148230A1 (en) * 2012-05-30 2014-05-29 Josh Guase Social collaboration in casino game
US8708804B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2014-04-29 Igt Gaming system and method providing a collection game including at least one customizable award collector
US11541309B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2023-01-03 Nvidia Corporation Quickly suspending and resuming applications running on a cloud server
US9177448B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2015-11-03 Igt Gaming system and method providing a slot game including a symbol generator modification event
US9536376B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2017-01-03 Igt Gaming system and method providing a slot game including a symbol generator modification event
US10825285B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2020-11-03 Igt Gaming system and method providing a slot game including a symbol generator modification event
US9773378B2 (en) 2013-09-23 2017-09-26 Bally Gaming, Inc. Wagering game having player-directed population of a bonus feature
US10169957B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-01-01 Igt Multiple player gaming station interaction systems and methods
US9792763B2 (en) * 2014-03-21 2017-10-17 Gamblit Gaming, Llc Inverted mechanic interleaved wagering system
US20200005596A1 (en) * 2014-03-21 2020-01-02 Gamblit Gaming, Llc Inverted mechanic interleaved wagering system
US20210056798A1 (en) * 2014-08-14 2021-02-25 Banilla Games, Inc. Electronic Skill Game
US20160098901A1 (en) * 2014-10-07 2016-04-07 Tien-Shu Hsu Winning game system
US10176670B2 (en) 2014-10-07 2019-01-08 Tien-Shu Hsu Entertainment system having prize money game
US20190266847A1 (en) * 2018-01-31 2019-08-29 Tonya Moore Word-based video gaming system in reel format

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20080090650A1 (en) 2008-04-17
US20070135207A1 (en) 2007-06-14
US20060135242A1 (en) 2006-06-22
US7857696B2 (en) 2010-12-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7090579B2 (en) Dice game and gaming system
US6605001B1 (en) Dice game in which categories are filled and scores awarded
US20020055381A1 (en) Multi-player game and gaming system
US7081050B2 (en) Method of playing a multi-player game
US7291067B2 (en) Method and system for playing a multi-player game
US20020169016A1 (en) Dice game and gaming system
US6656047B1 (en) Computer-controlled gaming apparatus and method
US7572182B2 (en) Knowledge-based casino game and method therefor
US10366580B2 (en) Gaming device having different sets of primary and secondary reel symbols
US6533273B2 (en) Gaming device and method of playing a game
US7874913B2 (en) Gaming device having a primary game scheme involving a symbol generator and secondary award wheels
US6832957B2 (en) Gaming device having multiple identical sets of simultaneously activated reels
US6461241B1 (en) Gaming device having a primary game scheme involving a symbol generator and secondary award triggering games
US20070191084A1 (en) Method of operating a gaming machine with a secondary lottery
US20030114211A1 (en) Methods and systems for conducting lottery-type games with strategy elements
US20040087370A1 (en) Gaming system
WO2001080961A1 (en) Multi-player game and gaming system
AU2002337939B2 (en) Dice game and gaming system
AU2002337939A1 (en) Dice game and gaming system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: COLEPAT, LLC, NEVADA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TARANTINO, ELIA ROCCO;REEL/FRAME:014257/0768

Effective date: 20030607

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION